FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App

Device Commissioning Guide

Issue 01
Date 2023-05-29

HUAWEI DIGITAL POWER TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 2023. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei
Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features
described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise
specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are
provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Digital Power Antuoshan Headquarters

Futian, Shenzhen 518043

People's Republic of China

Website: https://e.huawei.com

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. i

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

Contents

1 Downloading and Installing the App................................................................................. 1

2 Start Device Commissioning................................................................................................. 3
3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the Distributed Solar Inverter............6
3.1 Login the SUN2000 APP....................................................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Alarm Management............................................................................................................................................................... 9
3.3 Quick Settings........................................................................................................................................................................ 10
3.4 Device Monitoring................................................................................................................................................................ 11
3.5 Maintenance........................................................................................................................................................................... 11
3.6 Settings..................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
3.7 Power Adjustment................................................................................................................................................................ 32

4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the Commercial Solar Inverter........ 40

4.1 Connection Modes................................................................................................................................................................ 40
4.2 Required Accessories............................................................................................................................................................ 41
4.3 User Operation Permissions.............................................................................................................................................. 42
4.4 Login the SUN2000 APP..................................................................................................................................................... 44
4.5 Screen Operations (Common User)............................................................................................................................... 48
4.5.1 Query..................................................................................................................................................................................... 48
4.5.2 Settings................................................................................................................................................................................. 50
4.5.3 Maintenance....................................................................................................................................................................... 50
4.5.3.1 System Maintenance.....................................................................................................................................................51
4.5.3.2 Feedback........................................................................................................................................................................... 51
4.5.3.3 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................... 52
4.5.3.4 About.................................................................................................................................................................................. 52
4.6 Screen Operations (Advanced User).............................................................................................................................. 53
4.6.1 Query..................................................................................................................................................................................... 53
4.6.2 Quick Settings..................................................................................................................................................................... 55
4.6.3 Settings................................................................................................................................................................................. 56
4.6.3.1 Setting Grid Parameters...............................................................................................................................................57
4.6.3.2 Setting Protection Parameters................................................................................................................................... 58
4.6.3.3 Setting Feature Parameters........................................................................................................................................ 58
4.6.3.4 Time setting..................................................................................................................................................................... 59
4.6.3.5 Setting Communications Parameters......................................................................................................................60

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

4.6.3.6 Setting a Tracking System........................................................................................................................................... 63

4.6.3.7 Setting a File Save Path............................................................................................................................................... 64
4.6.4 Power Adjustment............................................................................................................................................................. 64
4.6.5 Maintenance....................................................................................................................................................................... 65
4.6.5.1 Device Inspection........................................................................................................................................................... 66
4.6.5.2 License Management....................................................................................................................................................66
4.6.5.3 Subdevice management.............................................................................................................................................. 67
4.6.5.4 PV String Access Detection......................................................................................................................................... 68
4.6.5.5 Startup and Shutdown................................................................................................................................................. 69
4.6.5.6 Restoring Factory Settings.......................................................................................................................................... 70
4.6.5.7 Performing an AFCI Self-Check................................................................................................................................. 70
4.6.5.8 Resetting a Solar Inverter............................................................................................................................................70
4.6.5.9 Clearing Alarms.............................................................................................................................................................. 71
4.6.5.10 Clearing Historical Energy Yield Data...................................................................................................................71
4.6.5.11 Importing and Exporting Configuration Files.................................................................................................... 71
4.6.5.12 Spot-Check..................................................................................................................................................................... 72
4.6.5.13 DC Input Detection..................................................................................................................................................... 72
4.6.5.14 Device Upgrade............................................................................................................................................................ 73
4.6.5.15 Log management........................................................................................................................................................ 74
4.6.5.16 Changing the WLAN Password............................................................................................................................... 74
4.6.5.17 Feedback......................................................................................................................................................................... 75
4.6.5.18 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................. 76
4.6.5.19 About............................................................................................................................................................................... 76
4.7 Screen Operations (Special User)....................................................................................................................................77
4.7.1 Query..................................................................................................................................................................................... 77
4.7.2 Settings................................................................................................................................................................................. 79
4.7.2.1 Setting Grid Parameters...............................................................................................................................................80
4.7.2.2 Setting Protection Parameters................................................................................................................................... 80
4.7.2.3 Setting Feature Parameters........................................................................................................................................ 81
4.7.2.4 Setting Power Adjustment Parameters...................................................................................................................82
4.7.2.5 Setting a File Save Path............................................................................................................................................... 83
4.7.3 Power Adjustment............................................................................................................................................................. 84
4.7.4 Maintenance....................................................................................................................................................................... 84
4.7.4.1 Subdevice management.............................................................................................................................................. 85
4.7.4.2 Startup and Shutdown................................................................................................................................................. 86
4.7.4.3 Restoring Factory Settings.......................................................................................................................................... 86
4.7.4.4 Device Upgrade...............................................................................................................................................................87
4.7.4.5 Log management........................................................................................................................................................... 87
4.7.4.6 Feedback........................................................................................................................................................................... 88
4.7.4.7 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................... 89
4.7.4.8 About.................................................................................................................................................................................. 89

5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the SmartLogger................................. 91

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. iii
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

5.1 User Operation Permissions.............................................................................................................................................. 91

5.2 Login the SUN2000 APP..................................................................................................................................................... 94
5.3 Screen Operations (Common User)............................................................................................................................... 98
5.3.1 Query..................................................................................................................................................................................... 98
5.3.2 Settings................................................................................................................................................................................. 99
5.3.2.1 Setting the System Date and Time........................................................................................................................100
5.3.2.2 Setting Plant Information......................................................................................................................................... 100
5.3.2.3 Setting Revenue Parameters.................................................................................................................................... 101
5.3.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................... 101
5.3.3.1 System Maintenance.................................................................................................................................................. 101
5.3.3.2 Feedback......................................................................................................................................................................... 102
5.3.3.3 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................. 103
5.3.3.4 About............................................................................................................................................................................... 103
5.3.4 Device Monitoring.......................................................................................................................................................... 104
5.3.4.1 Query............................................................................................................................................................................... 104
5.3.4.2 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................105
5.4 Screen Operations (Advanced User)............................................................................................................................ 105
5.4.1 Query................................................................................................................................................................................... 106
5.4.2 Device Monitoring.......................................................................................................................................................... 107
5.4.2.1 Query............................................................................................................................................................................... 107
5.4.2.2 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................107
5.4.2.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................108
5.4.2.3.1 Log Download........................................................................................................................................................... 108
5.4.2.3.2 Solar Inverter Maintenance.................................................................................................................................. 108
5.4.2.3.3 MBUS Maintenance................................................................................................................................................. 109
5.4.2.3.4 PID Module Maintenance......................................................................................................................................109
5.4.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................... 109
5.4.3.1 System Maintenance.................................................................................................................................................. 109
5.4.3.1.1 Changing a User Password................................................................................................................................... 110
5.4.3.1.2 Offline Configuration.............................................................................................................................................. 110
5.4.3.1.3 Resetting the System.............................................................................................................................................. 111
5.4.3.1.4 Clearing Data............................................................................................................................................................. 112
5.4.3.1.5 Importing and Exporting All Files....................................................................................................................... 114
5.4.3.1.6 Restoring Factory Settings.................................................................................................................................... 115
5.4.3.2 Solar Inverter Inspection........................................................................................................................................... 116
5.4.3.3 Device Management.................................................................................................................................................. 117
5.4.3.3.1 Changing a Device Name...................................................................................................................................... 117
5.4.3.3.2 Deleting Devices....................................................................................................................................................... 118
5.4.3.3.3 Automatically Searching for Devices................................................................................................................. 119
5.4.3.3.4 Manually Adding a Device.................................................................................................................................... 120
5.4.3.3.5 Automatically Allocating Addresses.................................................................................................................. 121
5.4.3.3.6 Importing Configuration........................................................................................................................................ 121

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

5.4.3.3.7 Exporting Configuration.........................................................................................................................................122

5.4.3.3.8 Resetting Alarms...................................................................................................................................................... 122
5.4.3.3.9 Starting, Shutting down, and Resetting Solar Inverters in Batches........................................................ 123
5.4.3.3.10 Setting Access Parameter....................................................................................................................................124
5.4.3.4 Managing the Device List......................................................................................................................................... 125
5.4.3.5 Exporting Device Logs................................................................................................................................................ 125
5.4.3.6 Device Upgrade............................................................................................................................................................ 126
5.4.3.7 Spot-Checking Solar Inverters................................................................................................................................. 127
5.4.3.8 Feedback......................................................................................................................................................................... 127
5.4.3.9 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................. 129
5.4.3.10 About............................................................................................................................................................................. 129
5.4.4 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................... 130
5.4.4.1 Setting the System Date and Time........................................................................................................................131
5.4.4.2 Setting Plant Information......................................................................................................................................... 132
5.4.4.3 Setting Revenue Parameters.................................................................................................................................... 132
5.4.4.4 Setting Ethernet Parameters....................................................................................................................................133
5.4.4.5 Setting RS485 Parameters........................................................................................................................................ 133
5.4.4.6 Setting Modbus-RTU Power Meter Parameters................................................................................................ 134
5.4.4.7 Setting Management System Parameters...........................................................................................................135
5.4.4.8 Setting Modbus TCP Parameters............................................................................................................................ 137
5.4.4.9 Setting IEC103 Device Parameters......................................................................................................................... 138
5.4.4.10 Setting IEC104 Device Parameters...................................................................................................................... 138
5.4.4.11 Remotely Shutting Down Solar Inverters in Dry Contact Mode............................................................... 139
5.4.4.12 Setting FTP Parameters........................................................................................................................................... 139
5.4.4.13 Setting Email Parameters....................................................................................................................................... 140
5.4.4.14 Setting a File Save Path.......................................................................................................................................... 141
5.4.5 Power adjustment........................................................................................................................................................... 142
5.4.5.1 Active Power Control.................................................................................................................................................. 142
5.4.5.2 Setting Reactive Power Control.............................................................................................................................. 142
5.5 Screen Operations (Special User)................................................................................................................................. 142
5.5.1 Query................................................................................................................................................................................... 143
5.5.2 Device Monitoring.......................................................................................................................................................... 144
5.5.2.1 Query............................................................................................................................................................................... 144
5.5.2.2 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................144
5.5.2.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................145
5.5.2.3.1 Log Download........................................................................................................................................................... 145
5.5.2.3.2 Solar Inverter Maintenance.................................................................................................................................. 145
5.5.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................... 146
5.5.3.1 System Maintenance.................................................................................................................................................. 146
5.5.3.1.1 Changing a User Password................................................................................................................................... 146
5.5.3.1.2 Resetting the System.............................................................................................................................................. 146
5.5.3.1.3 Clearing Data............................................................................................................................................................. 147

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. v

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

5.5.3.1.4 Restoring Factory Settings.................................................................................................................................... 149

5.5.3.2 Device Inspection......................................................................................................................................................... 151
5.5.3.3 Device Management.................................................................................................................................................. 151
5.5.3.3.1 Changing a Device Name...................................................................................................................................... 152
5.5.3.3.2 Deleting Devices....................................................................................................................................................... 152
5.5.3.3.3 Automatically Searching for Devices................................................................................................................. 153
5.5.3.3.4 Manually Adding a Device.................................................................................................................................... 154
5.5.3.3.5 Automatically Allocating Addresses.................................................................................................................. 155
5.5.3.3.6 Importing Configuration........................................................................................................................................ 155
5.5.3.3.7 Exporting Configuration.........................................................................................................................................156
5.5.3.3.8 Resetting Alarms...................................................................................................................................................... 156
5.5.3.3.9 Starting, Shutting down, and Resetting Solar Inverters in Batches........................................................ 157
5.5.3.3.10 Setting Access Parameter....................................................................................................................................158
5.5.3.4 Managing the Device List......................................................................................................................................... 159
5.5.3.5 Exporting Device Logs................................................................................................................................................ 159
5.5.3.6 Device Upgrade............................................................................................................................................................ 160
5.5.3.7 Spot-Checking Solar Inverters................................................................................................................................. 161
5.5.3.8 Feedback......................................................................................................................................................................... 161
5.5.3.9 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................. 163
5.5.3.10 About............................................................................................................................................................................. 163
5.5.4 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................... 164
5.5.4.1 Setting RS485 Parameters........................................................................................................................................ 164
5.5.4.2 Setting Modbus-RTU Power Meter Parameters................................................................................................ 165
5.5.5 Power adjustment........................................................................................................................................................... 165
5.5.5.1 Active Power Control.................................................................................................................................................. 166
5.5.5.2 Setting Reactive Power Control.............................................................................................................................. 166

6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the Smart PCS....................................167

6.1 Connection Mode............................................................................................................................................................... 167
6.2 Login....................................................................................................................................................................................... 168
6.3 Query...................................................................................................................................................................................... 172
6.4 Settings.................................................................................................................................................................................. 173
6.4.1 Setting Grid Parameters................................................................................................................................................173
6.4.2 Setting Protection Parameters.................................................................................................................................... 174
6.4.3 Setting Feature Parameters......................................................................................................................................... 175
6.4.4 Setting the Time.............................................................................................................................................................. 176
6.4.5 Setting a File Save Path................................................................................................................................................ 176
6.4.6 Setting Communications Parameters....................................................................................................................... 177
6.5 Maintenance........................................................................................................................................................................ 177
6.5.1 Device Upgrade................................................................................................................................................................178
6.5.2 Log Management............................................................................................................................................................ 179
6.5.3 Device Inspection............................................................................................................................................................ 180
6.5.4 Changing the WLAN Password.................................................................................................................................. 181

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

6.5.5 Power-On/Off................................................................................................................................................................... 182

6.5.6 System Reset..................................................................................................................................................................... 182
6.5.7 Factory Setting Restoration......................................................................................................................................... 182
6.5.8 Alarm Clearance.............................................................................................................................................................. 183
6.5.9 Device Name Change.................................................................................................................................................... 183
6.5.10 Total Energy Yield Adjustment................................................................................................................................. 184
6.5.11 Correction of accumulated absorbed energy...................................................................................................... 185
6.5.12 O&M via USB connection.......................................................................................................................................... 186
6.5.13 Physical Location.......................................................................................................................................................... 187
6.6 Power Adjustment.............................................................................................................................................................. 188

7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the Central Monitoring Unit.......... 190
7.1 Connection Mode............................................................................................................................................................... 190
7.2 Device Connection..............................................................................................................................................................190
7.3 UI Operations (user)......................................................................................................................................................... 194
7.3.1 Query................................................................................................................................................................................... 194
7.3.2 Device Monitoring.......................................................................................................................................................... 195
7.4 UI Operations (installer).................................................................................................................................................. 196
7.4.1 Query................................................................................................................................................................................... 196
7.4.2 Device Monitoring.......................................................................................................................................................... 197
7.4.2.1 Query............................................................................................................................................................................... 197
7.4.2.2 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................198
7.4.2.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................198
7.4.3 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................... 198
7.4.3.1 Setting Feature Parameters......................................................................................................................................199
7.4.3.2 Setting the Time.......................................................................................................................................................... 199
7.4.3.3 Setting Communications Parameters................................................................................................................... 199
7.4.3.4 Setting Ventilation and Exhaust............................................................................................................................. 200
7.4.3.5 Setting Environment Parameters........................................................................................................................... 201
7.4.3.6 Setting Fire Suppression............................................................................................................................................ 201
7.4.4 System Maintenance......................................................................................................................................................202
7.4.4.1 Device Name Change................................................................................................................................................. 202
7.4.4.2 Device Log Export........................................................................................................................................................ 203
7.4.4.3 Device Upgrade............................................................................................................................................................ 204
7.4.4.4 Device Management.................................................................................................................................................. 204
7.4.4.4.1 Manually Adding a Device.................................................................................................................................... 205
7.4.4.4.2 Automatically Searching for Devices................................................................................................................. 205
7.4.4.4.3 Deleting a Device..................................................................................................................................................... 206
7.4.4.5 Device Layout................................................................................................................................................................ 206
7.4.4.6 Factory Setting Restoration...................................................................................................................................... 208
7.4.4.7 System Reset................................................................................................................................................................. 208
7.4.4.8 Data Clearance............................................................................................................................................................. 209

8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the PID Module................................. 211

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. vii
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

8.1 User Operation Permissions............................................................................................................................................211

8.2 Login the SUN2000 APP...................................................................................................................................................213
8.3 Screen Operations (Common User)............................................................................................................................. 215
8.3.1 Query................................................................................................................................................................................... 215
8.3.2 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................... 216
8.3.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................... 217
8.3.3.1 Feedback......................................................................................................................................................................... 217
8.3.3.2 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................. 218
8.3.3.3 About............................................................................................................................................................................... 219
8.4 Screen Operations (Advanced User)............................................................................................................................ 220
8.4.1 Query................................................................................................................................................................................... 220
8.4.2 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................... 221
8.4.2.1 Setting Protection Parameters................................................................................................................................ 221
8.4.2.2 Setting Feature Parameters......................................................................................................................................223
8.4.2.3 Setting User Parameters........................................................................................................................................... 225
8.4.2.4 Setting Communications Parameters................................................................................................................... 226
8.4.2.5 Setting a File Save Path.............................................................................................................................................226
8.4.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................... 227
8.4.3.1 Log Download...............................................................................................................................................................227
8.4.3.2 System Maintenance.................................................................................................................................................. 228
8.4.3.3 Device Upgrade............................................................................................................................................................ 229
8.4.3.4 Feedback......................................................................................................................................................................... 230
8.4.3.5 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................. 231
8.4.3.6 About............................................................................................................................................................................... 232
8.5 Screen Operations (Special User)................................................................................................................................. 233
8.5.1 Query................................................................................................................................................................................... 233
8.5.2 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................... 234
8.5.2.1 Setting User Parameters........................................................................................................................................... 234
8.5.2.2 Setting a File Save Path.............................................................................................................................................234
8.5.3 Maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................... 235
8.5.3.1 Log Download...............................................................................................................................................................235
8.5.3.2 System Maintenance.................................................................................................................................................. 236
8.5.3.3 Device Upgrade............................................................................................................................................................ 236
8.5.3.4 Feedback......................................................................................................................................................................... 237
8.5.3.5 Help.................................................................................................................................................................................. 238
8.5.3.6 About............................................................................................................................................................................... 239

9 Smart Dongle....................................................................................................................... 240

9.1 Alarm Management.......................................................................................................................................................... 240
9.2 Maintenance........................................................................................................................................................................ 240
9.2.1 Subdevice Management............................................................................................................................................... 240
9.2.2 Device Upgrade................................................................................................................................................................241
9.2.3 Log Management............................................................................................................................................................ 241

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. viii
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

9.2.4 Device Performance....................................................................................................................................................... 242

9.2.5 Minimum System............................................................................................................................................................ 242
9.3 Settings.................................................................................................................................................................................. 242
9.3.1 Setting Communications Parameters....................................................................................................................... 242
9.4 Power Adjustment.............................................................................................................................................................. 242
9.4.1 Active Power Control..................................................................................................................................................... 242
9.4.2 Reactive Power Control................................................................................................................................................. 243
9.4.3 Shutdown at High Feed-in Power............................................................................................................................. 243
9.4.4 Dry Contact Scheduling Settings............................................................................................................................... 244

10 STS........................................................................................................................................ 245
10.1 Query.................................................................................................................................................................................... 245
10.2 Maintenance...................................................................................................................................................................... 245
10.2.1 Device Upgrade............................................................................................................................................................. 245
10.2.2 Log Management......................................................................................................................................................... 246
10.2.3 Changing a Device Name.......................................................................................................................................... 246
10.2.4 System Reset.................................................................................................................................................................. 247
10.2.5 Restoring Factory Settings......................................................................................................................................... 247
10.2.6 Resetting Machine-Machine Authentication Password................................................................................... 247
10.2.7 O&M via WLAN Connection..................................................................................................................................... 247
10.2.8 Data Clearance.............................................................................................................................................................. 248
10.2.9 Alarm Clearance............................................................................................................................................................ 248
10.3 Settings................................................................................................................................................................................ 249
10.3.1 Feature Parameters...................................................................................................................................................... 249
10.3.2 Time Settings................................................................................................................................................................. 249
10.3.3 Communications Parameters....................................................................................................................................249

11 Charger................................................................................................................................ 250
11.1 I'm an Installer.................................................................................................................................................................. 250
11.1.1 Device Commissioning (Charger)........................................................................................................................... 250
11.1.1.1 Charger FE Port Directly Connected to a Meter............................................................................................. 252
11.1.1.2 Charger FE Port Directly Connected to a Router........................................................................................... 254
11.1.1.3 Charger Connected to a Router Through WLAN........................................................................................... 257
11.1.1.4 Charger Using a Virtual Meter............................................................................................................................. 260
11.1.2 Alarm Management.................................................................................................................................................... 263
11.1.3 O&M Management...................................................................................................................................................... 263
11.2 I'm an Owner.....................................................................................................................................................................265
11.2.1 Connecting to a Charger............................................................................................................................................ 265
11.2.2 Charge Now.................................................................................................................................................................... 267
11.2.3 Scheduled Charging..................................................................................................................................................... 268
11.2.4 RFID Card Management............................................................................................................................................. 269
11.2.5 Settings.............................................................................................................................................................................272

12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit......................................................................................................274

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. ix

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide Contents

12.1 File download.................................................................................................................................................................... 274

12.2 MBUS Whitelist................................................................................................................................................................. 275
12.3 File Management............................................................................................................................................................. 278
12.4 About.................................................................................................................................................................................... 279

13 FAQs..................................................................................................................................... 280
13.1 How Do I Reset the Default Password of a Charger Using an RFID Card When I Forgot the
Password?..................................................................................................................................................................................... 280
13.2 What Should I Do If the Upgrade Package Obtained from an iPhone Cannot Be Selected on the
Upgrade Screen?........................................................................................................................................................................ 281
13.3 Why Is the Pairing Request Displayed Twice During Bluetooth Pairing?..................................................... 282
13.4 How Do I Obtain a Registration Code?.................................................................................................................... 282
13.5 What Should I Do If My Android Phone Fails to Connect to the WLAN After I Scan the QR Code?. 283
13.6 What Can I Do If the System Prompts Me to Reconnect to the Charger's WLAN Hotspot During
Quick Settings?........................................................................................................................................................................... 284

14 Related Information......................................................................................................... 285

14.1 Battery Parameters.......................................................................................................................................................... 285
14.2 Commercial Smart Inverters Parameters................................................................................................................. 291
14.2.1 Grid parameters............................................................................................................................................................ 292
14.2.2 Protection Parameters.................................................................................................................................................293
14.2.3 Feature parameters...................................................................................................................................................... 297
14.2.4 Power adjustment parameters................................................................................................................................. 308
14.2.5 Grid-tied control parameters.................................................................................................................................... 314
14.3 Domain Name List of Management Systems........................................................................................................ 315
14.4 Public URLs......................................................................................................................................................................... 317

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. x

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 1 Downloading and Installing the App

1 Downloading and Installing the App

NOTICE

● Mobile phone operating system: Android 8.0, iOS 11.0, or later versions.
● To ensure the stability of each function, you are advised to use mobile phones
running Android 8.0, iOS 13.0, or later versions. (For the mobile phones running
iOS, iPhone 6 and later versions are supported, but iPhone SE is not supported.)
● Use mobile phones that support the access to the Internet.
● Use mobile phones that support the WLAN function.
● The router supports WLAN (IEEE 802.11 b/g/n, 2.4 GHz) and the WLAN signal
reaches the inverters.
● The WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 encryption mode is recommended for routers.
The Enterprise mode is not supported (such as airport WLAN and other public
hotspots that require authentication). WEP and WPA TKIP are not
recommended because they have serious security vulnerabilities. If the access
fails in WEP mode, log in to the router and change the encryption mode of the
router to WPA2 or WPA/WPA2.

Procedure
Method 1: Download and install the app from the app store.
● Huawei mobile phone users: Search for FusionSolar in Huawei AppGallery.
● iPhone users: Search for FusionSolar in the App Store.
● Other mobile phone users: Select method 2.

Method 2: Scan the QR code to download and install the app.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 1 Downloading and Installing the App

NOTE

Users who select method 2 can select the download method based on the mobile phone
type.
● Huawei mobile phone users: Download from Huawei AppGallery.
● Non-Huawei phone users: Download on a browser.
When you select Download via the Browser, if a security warning message is displayed
indicating that the app is from an external source, tap ALLOW.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 2 Start Device Commissioning

2 Start Device Commissioning

Method 1: FusionSolar app (with Internet access)

Method 2: FusionSolar app (without Internet access)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 2 Start Device Commissioning

Method 3: SUN2000 app

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 2 Start Device Commissioning

NOTE

Method 2 can be used only when no Internet access is available. You are advised to log in
to the FusionSolar app to commission devices using method 1.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting

to the Distributed Solar Inverter

NOTICE

● The figures and data displayed in this chapter are for reference only.
● The parameters displayed on the screen vary according to the solar inverter
model connected to the app.
● Delivering a reset, factory reset, shutdown, or upgrade command to the solar
inverters may cause power grid connection failure, which affects the energy
yield.
● Only professionals are allowed to set the grid parameters, protection
parameters, feature parameters, power adjustment parameters, and grid-tied
point control parameters of the solar inverters. If the grid parameters,
protection parameters, and feature parameters are incorrectly set, the solar
inverters may not connect to the power grid. If the power adjustment
parameters and grid-tied point control parameters are incorrectly set, the solar
inverters may not connect to the power grid as required. In these cases, the
energy yield will be affected.

3.1 Login the SUN2000 APP

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the solar inverter.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Figure 3-1 Connect

● Code scanning: Tap Connect to access the scanning screen, place the QR code
or bar code of the solar inverter in the scan frame. The device will be
automatically connected after the code is identified.
● Manual connection: Tap Manual Connection and select a connection mode.

Figure 3-2 Manual connection

– Select WLAN and connect to the corresponding WLAN in the WLAN

connection list of the APP. The initial name of the WLAN hotspot is solar
inverter SN, and the initial password is Changeme.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

NOTICE

▪ Use the initial password upon first power-on and change it

immediately after login. To ensure account security, change the
password periodically and keep the new password in mind. Not
changing the initial password may cause password disclosure. A
password left unchanged for a long period of time may be stolen or
cracked. If a password is lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these
cases, the user is liable for any loss caused to the PV plant.

▪ If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway?

message is displayed when you connect to the built-in WLAN, tap
CONNECT. Otherwise, you cannot log in to the system. The actual UI
and messages may vary with mobile phones.

Step 2 Select a login user and enter the password.

Figure 3-3 Login

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

NOTICE

● For the initial power-on, set the password as prompted and then log in to the
system. If not prompted, log in with the initial password 00000a.
● To ensure account security, change the password periodically and keep the new
password in mind. A password left unchanged for a long period of time may be
stolen or cracked. If a password is lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these
cases, the user is liable for any loss caused to the PV plant.
● During the login, if five consecutive invalid password entries are made (the
interval between two consecutive entries is less than 2 minutes), the account
will be locked for 10 minutes. The password should consist of six characters.

Step 3 After successful login, the Quick Settings or Function Menu screen is displayed.

NOTICE

If you log in to the SUN2000 app after the device powers on for the first time or
factory defaults are restored, the Quick Settings screen will be displayed. If you
do not set the basic parameters for the solar inverter on the Quick Settings
screen, the screen is still displayed when you log in next time.

----End

3.2 Alarm Management

On the home screen, tap Alarm management. You can query active and historical
alarms.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 9

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

3.3 Quick Settings

On the home screen, tap Quick Settings. Set parameters as prompted.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 10

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

NOTE

The UI is for reference only. The UI varies with associated devices. The actual UI prevails.

3.4 Device Monitoring

On the home screen, tap Device Monitoring.Then tap a tab in the lower part of
the screen as required to view related information.

Figure 3-4 Device information

3.5 Maintenance
On the home screen, tap Maintenance to set device parameters.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 11

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Figure 3-5 Maintaining devices

NOTE

The parameter list provided in this document includes all configurable parameters that vary
with the device model and grid code. The actual screen prevails.

Paramet Description Paramet Description

er er

Add/ Adds power meters, batteries, IPS test Performs IPS self-check and
Delete optimizers, or safety shutdown generates a self-check report.
device boxes as required.

Physical Specifies the physical location of Inverter Sends a command to start or shut
Layout of the optimizer. ON/OFF down the solar inverter based on its
PV Detection current startup or shutdown status.
Modules

Upgrade Upgrades the software version of Restore Restores the solar inverter
device devices such as the solar inverter defaults parameters to factory settings.
as required.

Log Downloads the logs of the solar Clear Clears historical alarms of the solar
Manage inverters, batteries, optimizers, or alarms inverter.
ment the app.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 12

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Paramet Description Paramet Description

er er

Performa Views the performance data of Clear Clears historical energy yields of the
nce data devices such as power meters. historical solar inverter.
energy
yield

Alarm If this parameter is enabled, the Adjust Specifies the initial energy yield of
beacon alarm beacon produces audible total the solar inverter. This parameter is
and visual signals when the solar energy used in solar inverter replacement
inverter generates an alarm. yield scenarios. Set the initial energy
yield of the new solar inverter to
the total energy yield of the old
solar inverter to ensure continuous
statistics of cumulative energy
yield.

AFCI (Arc- Performs the AFCI self-test. Restart Restarts the solar inverter.
Fault
Circuit-
Interrupte
r) self-
test

Optimizer Detect the disconnection point of O&M via You can enable or disable the
Disconne the optimizer and determine the WLAN WLAN.
ction physical location of the fault point. connectio ● Always ON: The WLAN is
Detection n always on.
● OFF when idle: The WLAN is
automatically turned off after
being idle for four hours.
NOTE
If you need to connect to the WLAN
after disabling it, log in to the
FusionSolar app to enable it.
Otherwise, you cannot log in to the
inverter for local commissioning.

3.6 Settings
On the home screen, tap Settings to set solar inverter parameters.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 13

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Figure 3-6 Settings

NOTE

● The parameter list provided in this document includes all configurable parameters that
vary with the device model and grid code. The actual screen prevails.
● The parameters are for reference only. The configurable parameters vary with the device
model and grid code. The actual configurable parameters prevail.
● The parameter names, value ranges, and default values are subject to change.

Grid Parameters
Parameter Description Value Range (Vn:
Rated Voltage; Fn:
Rated Frequency)

Grid Code Set this parameter based on the grid N/A

code of the country or region where
the inverter is used and the inverter
application scenario.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 14

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range (Vn:

Rated Voltage; Fn:
Rated Frequency)

Isolation settings Set the working mode of the inverter ● Input ungrounded,
based on the grounding status at DC without TF
side and the connection to the power ● Input ungrounded,
grid. with TF

Output mode Specifies whether the inverter output ● Three-phase three-

has a neutral wire based on the wire
application scenario. ● Three-phase four-
wire
● L/N
● L1/L2/N
● L1/L2

Automatically start upon grid Specifies whether to allow the ● Disable

recovery inverter to automatically start after ● Enable
the power grid recovers.

Grid connected recovery time Specifies the time after which the [0, 7200]
from grid faults (s) inverter begins connecting after the
power grid recovers.

Grid reconnection voltage upper The standards of certain countries [100% Vn, 136% Vn]
limit (V) and regions require that after the
inverter shuts down for protection
due to a fault, if the power grid
voltage is higher than Grid
reconnection voltage upper limit,
the inverter is not allowed to
reconnect to the grid.

Grid reconnection voltage lower The standards of certain countries [45% Vn, 100% Vn]
limit (V) and regions require that after the
inverter shuts down for protection
due to a fault, if the power grid
voltage is lower than Grid
reconnection voltage lower limit,
the inverter is not allowed to
reconnect to the grid.

Grid reconnection frequency The standards of certain countries [100% Fn, 120% Fn]
upper limit (Hz) and regions require that after the
inverter shuts down for protection
due to a fault, if the power grid
frequency is higher than Grid
reconnection frequency upper limit,
the inverter is not allowed to
reconnect to the grid.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 15

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range (Vn:

Rated Voltage; Fn:
Rated Frequency)

Grid reconnection frequency The standards of certain countries [80% Fn, 100% Fn]
lower limit (Hz) and regions require that after the
inverter shuts down for protection
due to a fault, if the power grid
frequency is lower than Grid
reconnection frequency lower limit,
the inverter is not allowed to
reconnect to the grid.

Reactive power compensation Specifies the voltage threshold for [100, 136]
(cosφ-P) trigger voltage (%) triggering reactive power
compensation based on the cosφ-P
curve.

Reactive power compensation Specifies the voltage threshold for [70, 100]
(cosφ-P) exit voltage (%) exiting reactive power compensation
based on the cosφ-P curve.

Protection Parameters
Parameter Description Value Range (Vn:
Rated Voltage; Fn:
Rated Frequency)

Insulation resistance protection To ensure device safety, the inverter [0.02, 1.5]
threshold (MΩ) detects the insulation resistance of
the input side with respect to ground
when it starts a self-check. If the
detected value is less than the preset
value, the inverter does not connect
to the grid.

Voltage unbalance protection Specifies the inverter protection [0, 50]

threhold (%) threshold when the power grid
voltage is unbalanced.

Phase protection point (º) The Japanese standard requires that [0.5, 15]
during passive islanding detection,
protection should be triggered if an
abrupt voltage phase change is
detected.

Phase angle offset protection The standards of certain countries ● Disable

and regions require that the inverter ● Enable
needs to be protected when the
phase angle offset of the power grid
three phases exceeds a certain value.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 16

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range (Vn:

Rated Voltage; Fn:
Rated Frequency)

10-min overvoltage protection Specifies the 10-minute overvoltage [1 * Vn, 1.5 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

10-min overvoltage protection Specifies the 10-minute overvoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-1 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-1 overvoltage [1 * Vn, 1.5 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-1 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-1 overvoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-2 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-2 overvoltage [1 * Vn, 1.5 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-2 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-2 overvoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-3 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-3 overvoltage [1 * Vn, 1.5 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-3 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-3 overvoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-4 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-4 overvoltage [1 * Vn, 1.5 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-4 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-4 overvoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-5 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-5 overvoltage [1 * Vn, 1.5 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-5 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-5 overvoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-6 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-6 overvoltage [1 * Vn, 1.5 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-6 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-6 overvoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-1 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-1 undervoltage [0.15 * Vn, 1 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-1 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-1 undervoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-2 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-2 undervoltage [0.15 * Vn, 1 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-2 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-2 undervoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 17

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range (Vn:

Rated Voltage; Fn:
Rated Frequency)

Level-3 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-3 undervoltage [0.15 * Vn, 1 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-3 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-3 undervoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-4 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-4 undervoltage [0.15 * Vn, 1 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-4 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-4 undervoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-5 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-5 undervoltage [0.15 * Vn, 1 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-5 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-5 undervoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-6 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-6 undervoltage [0.15 * Vn, 1 * Vn]
threshold (V) protection threshold.

Level-6 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-6 undervoltage [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-1 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-1 overfrequency [1 * Fn, 1.2 * Fn]
threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-1 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-1 overfrequency [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-2 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-2 overfrequency [1 * Fn, 1.2 * Fn]
threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-2 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-2 overfrequency [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-3 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-3 overfrequency [1 * Fn, 1.2 * Fn]
threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-3 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-3 overfrequency [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-4 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-4 overfrequency [1 * Fn, 1.2 * Fn]
threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-4 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-4 overfrequency [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-5 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-5 overfrequency [1 * Fn, 1.2 * Fn]
threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-5 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-5 overfrequency [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 18

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range (Vn:

Rated Voltage; Fn:
Rated Frequency)

Level-6 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-6 overfrequency [1 * Fn, 1.2 * Fn]
threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-6 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-6 overfrequency [50, 7200000]

duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-1 underfrequency Specifies the level-1 underfrequency [0.8 * Fn, 1 * Fn]

protection threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-1 underfrequency Specifies the level-1 underfrequency [50, 7200000]

protection duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-2 underfrequency Specifies the level-2 underfrequency [0.8 * Fn, 1 * Fn]

protection threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-2 underfrequency Specifies the level-2 underfrequency [50, 7200000]

protection duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-3 underfrequency Specifies the level-3 underfrequency [0.8 * Fn, 1 * Fn]

protection threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-3 underfrequency Specifies the level-3 underfrequency [50, 7200000]

protection duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-4 underfrequency Specifies the level-4 underfrequency [0.8 * Fn, 1 * Fn]

protection threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-4 underfrequency Specifies the level-4 underfrequency [50, 7200000]

protection duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-5 underfrequency Specifies the level-5 underfrequency [0.8 * Fn, 1 * Fn]

protection threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-5 underfrequency Specifies the level-5 underfrequency [50, 7200000]

protection duration (ms) protection duration.

Level-6 underfrequency Specifies the level-6 underfrequency [0.8 * Fn, 1 * Fn]

protection threshold (Hz) protection threshold.

Level-6 underfrequency Specifies the level-6 underfrequency [50, 7200000]

protection duration (ms) protection duration.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 19

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Feature Parameters
Parameter Description Value Range Remarks
(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

MPPT multi-peak When the inverter is used ● Disable N/A

scanning in scenarios where PV ● Enable
strings are greatly shaded,
set this parameter to
Enable, and then the
inverter will perform MPPT
scanning at regular
intervals to locate the
maximum power.

MPPT multi-peak Specifies the MPPT [5, 30] This parameter is displayed
scan interval scanning interval. when MPPT multi-peak
(min) scan interval is set to
Enable.

Automatic OFF The standards of certain ● Disable If Automatic OFF due to

due to countries and regions ● Enable communication
communication require that the inverter interrupted is set to
interrupted must shut down after the Enable and the inverter
communication is communication is
interrupted for a certain interrupted for a specified
time. time (set by
Communication
interruption duration),
the inverter will
automatically shut down.

Communication Specifies the duration for [1, 120] N/A

interruption determining
duration (min) communication
interruption. Used for
automatic shutdown for
protection in case of
communication
interruption.

Automatic ON If this parameter is set to ● Disable This parameter is displayed

due to Enable, the inverter ● Enable when Automatic OFF due
communication automatically starts after to communication
resume communication recovers. If interrupted is set to
this parameter is set to Enable.
Disable, the inverter needs
to be started manually
after communication
recovers.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 20

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Soft start/boot Specifies the duration for [1, 1800] N/A

time (s) the power to gradually
increase when the inverter
starts.

AFCI The North American ● Disable N/A

standard requires that the ● Enable
inverter should have DC arc
detection function.

AFCI detection This function is used to ● High This parameter is displayed

adaptation mode adjust the sensitivity of arc ● Moderate when AFCI is set to Enable.
detection.
● Low

OFF due to This function is used to ● Disable For certain power grid
abnormal ground check whether the solar ● Enable types, if the output side of
inverter is properly the solar inverter is
grounded before the solar connected to an isolation
inverter starts, or check transformer, grounding
whether the solar inverter detection is not required.
ground cable is Ensure that the solar
disconnected when the inverter is properly
solar inverter is running. By grounded and set the
default, this parameter is parameter to Disable to
set to Enable. If the solar enable the solar inverter to
inverter cannot be run properly. If you are not
grounded properly, it shuts sure whether the solar
down. inverter is connected to
such a type of power grid,
contact your dealer or
Huawei technical support
for confirmation.

Delay upgrade This parameter is mainly ● Disable After the inverter starts to
used in the upgrade ● Enable upgrade, if Delay upgrade
scenarios where the PV is set to Enable, the
power supply is upgrade package is loaded
disconnected at night due first. After the PV power
to no sunlight or unstable supply recovers and the
at dawn or dusk due to activation conditions are
poor sunlight. met, the inverter
automatically activates the
upgrade.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 21

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Unlock optimizer When replacing the ● Disable N/A

optimizer, you need to ● Enable
disable the binding
relationship between the
optimizer and the MBUS
master solar inverter. Set
this parameter to Enable,
and then unlock optimizer .

Heartbeat period Specifies the timeout [1, 65535] N/A

at application period for the solar inverter
layer (min) to connect to the
management system.

TCP frame length Specifies the maximum [320, 1500] N/A

length of the TCP frame
sent by the northbound
device to the solar inverter.

TCP heartbeat Specifies the TCP link [0, 65535] N/A

interval (s) timeout period for the solar
inverter to connect to the
management system.

LVRT LVRT is short for low ● Disable N/A

voltage ride-through. When ● Enable
the grid voltage is
abnormally low for a short
time, the inverter cannot
disconnect from the power
grid immediately and has
to work for some time.

Threshold for Specifies the threshold for [50% Vn, 100% This parameter is displayed
triggering LVRT triggering LVRT. The Vn] when LVRT is set to
(V) threshold settings should Enable.
meet the local grid
standard.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 22

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

LVRT reactive During LVRT, the inverter [0, 10] ● This parameter is
power needs to generate reactive displayed when LVRT is
compensation power to support the set to Enable.
factor power grid. This parameter ● For example, if this
is used to set the reactive parameter is set to 2,
power generated by the the reactive power
inverter. generated by the
inverter is 20% of the
rated power when the
AC voltage drops by
10% during LVRT.

LVRT Specifies the low voltage N/A This parameter is displayed

characteristic ride through curve. when LVRT is set to
curve Enable.

HVRT HVRT is short for high ● Disable N/A

voltage ride-through. When ● Enable
the grid voltage is
abnormally high for a short
time, the inverter cannot
disconnect from the power
grid immediately and has
to work for some time.

Threshold for Specifies the threshold for [100% Vn, 136% This parameter is displayed
triggering HVRT triggering HVRT. The Vn] when HVRT is set to
(V) threshold settings should Enable.
meet the local grid
standard.

Grid voltage Specifies whether to apply ● Disable This parameter is displayed

protection shied voltage protective shielding ● Enable when LVRT is set to Enable
during VRT to the power grid when or HVRT is set to Enable.
HVRT or LVRT is enabled.

Active islanding Specifies whether to enable ● Disable N/A

protection the active islanding ● Enable
protection function.

Passive islanding Specifies whether to enable ● Disable This parameter is displayed

protection the passive islanding ● Enable if the Japanese grid code is
protection function. selected.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 23

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Voltage rise The standards of certain ● Disable N/A

suppression countries and regions ● Enable
require that when the
output voltage exceeds a
certain value, the inverter
must suppress voltage rise
by outputting reactive
power and reducing active
power.

Voltage rise The standards of certain [100, 115) ● This parameter is

suppressing countries and regions displayed when Voltage
reactive power require that the inverter rise suppression is set
adjustment point generate a certain amount to Enable.
(%) of reactive power when the ● The value of Voltage
output voltage exceeds a rise suppressing active
certain value. power derating point
Voltage rise The standards of certain (100, 115] must be greater than
suppressing countries and regions that of Voltage rise
active power require that the active suppressing reactive
derating point power of the inverter be power adjustment
(%) derated according to a point.
certain slope when the
output voltage exceeds a
certain value.

Voltage rise The standards of certain ● U (V): [176, This parameter is displayed
suppression P-U countries and regions 1500] when Voltage rise
curve require that the P-U curve ● U device suppression is set to
be set. verification Enable.
(V) :[0.8 Un,
1.36 Un]
● P/Pn (%): [0,
100]

Voltage rise The standards of certain ● U (V): [176,

suppression Q-U countries and regions 1500]
curve require that the Q-U curve ● U device
be set. verification
(V) :[0.8 Un,
1.36 Un]
● Q/S: [-0.6, 0.6]

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 24

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Soft start time Specifies the time for the [1, 1800] N/A
after grid failure power to gradually increase
(s) when the inverter restarts
after the power grid
recovers.

PID running Specifies the operation ● Disable N/A

mode mode of the inverter built- ● Suppress
in PID.
● Repair
● Suppress +
Repair

PID nighttime Specifies whether to enable ● Disable This parameter is displayed

off-grid repair the PID nighttime off-grid ● Enable when PID running mode is
repair. set to Repair.

Closed-loop ● Set this parameter to ● SDongle/ N/A

controller SDongle/SmartLogger SmartLogger
when the ● Solar inverter
SmartLogger1000A is
connected.
● If multiple inverters are
cascaded, set this
parameter to SDongle/
SmartLogger.
● If there is only one
inverter, set this
parameter to Inverter.

Active power When the communication [0, 100] N/A

output limit for between the SDongle/
fail-safe (%) SmartLogger, power meter,
and solar inverter is
interrupted, the solar
inverter output is limited.

Off-grid mode If this parameter is set to ● Disable -

Enable, the ESS switches to ● Enable
the off-grid mode when the
grid fails.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 25

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Power Adjustment
Parameter Description Value Range Remarks
(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Remote power If this parameter is set to ● Disable N/A

schedule Enable, the inverter ● Enable
responds to the scheduling
instruction from the remote
port. If this parameter is set
to Disable, the inverter
does not respond to the
scheduling instruction from
the remote port.

Schedule Specifies the time for [0, 86400] When this parameter is set
instruction valid maintaining the scheduling to 0, the scheduling
duration (s) instruction. instruction takes effect
permanently.

Apparent power Adjust the apparent output [Pmax, Smax_real] N/A

baseline (kVA) baseline of the inverter.

Active power Adjusts the active output [0.1, N/A

baseline (kW) baseline of the inverter. Min(Pmax_real,
Smax)]

Maximum Specifies the output upper [Pmax, Smax] N/A

apparent power threshold for the maximum
(kVA) apparent power to adapt to
the capacity requirements
of standard and customized
inverters.

Maximum active Specifies the output upper [0.1, Pmax] N/A

power (kW) threshold for the maximum
active power to adapt to
different market
requirements.

OFF at %0 power If this parameter is set to ● Disable N/A

limit Enable, the inverter shuts ● Enable
down after receiving the
0% power limit command.
If this parameter is set to
Disable, the inverter does
not shut down after
receiving the 0% power
limit command.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 26

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Active power Specifies the change speed [0.1, 1000] N/A

change gradient of the inverter active
(%/s) power.

Derated by fixed Adjusts the active power [0, Pmax] N/A

active power output of the inverter by
(kW) fixed value.

Active power Adjusts the active power [0, 100] If this parameter is set to
percentage output of the inverter by 100, the solar inverter
derating (%) percentage. generates power based on
the maximum output
power.

Reactive power Specifies the change speed [0.1, 1000] N/A

change gradient of the inverter reactive
(%/s) power.

Reactive power Specifies the reactive power [-1, 1] N/A

compensation output by the inverter.
(Q/S)

Power factor Specifies the power factor [–1.000, –0.800] N/A

of the inverter. U [0.800, 1.000]

Overfrequency If this parameter is set to ● Disable N/A

derating Enable, the active power of ● Enable
the inverter will be derated
according to a certain slope
when the grid frequency
exceeds the frequency that
triggers overfrequency
derating.

Frequency for The standards of certain ● 50Hz: [40, 60] ● This parameter is
triggering countries and regions ● 60Hz: [48, 72] displayed when
overfrequency require that the output Overfrequency
derating (Hz) active power of inverters be derating is set to
derated when the power Enable.
grid frequency exceeds a ● When setting this
certain value. parameter, ensure that
the following condition
Frequency for Specifies the frequency ● 50Hz: [40, 60]
is met: Frequency for
exiting threshold for exiting ● 60Hz: [48, 72] exiting overfrequency
overfrequency overfrequency derating.
derating ≤ Trigger
derating (Hz)
frequency of
overfrequency derating
< Cutoff frequency of

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 27

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Cutoff frequency Specifies the frequency ● 50Hz: [40, 60] overfrequency

of overfrequency threshold for cutting off ● 60Hz: [48, 72] derating.
derating (Hz) overfrequency derating.

Cutoff power of Specifies the power [0, 100]

overfrequency threshold for cutting off
derating (%) overfrequency derating.

Power recovery Specifies the recovery rate [1, 6000]

gradient of of the overfrequency
overfrequency derating power.
derating (%/min)

Dry contact The standards of some ● Disable N/A

scheduling countries and regions ● Enable
require that this parameter
be set to Enable when
power scheduling through
dry contacts is required.

Dry contact Specifies the dry contact N/A This parameter is displayed
scheduling power scheduling when Dry contact
settings parameters. scheduling is set to
Enable.

cosφ-P/Pn After this parameter is set, ● P/Pn (%): [0, N/A

characteristic the solar inverter can 100]
curve adjust the power factor ● cosφ: (-1,
cosφ in real time based on -0.8]U[0.8, 1]
the P/Pn.

Q-U Specifies the voltage ● U/Un (%): [80, N/A

characteristic reactive power scheduling 136]
curve curve. ● Q/S: [-0.6, 0.6]

Q-U hysteresis Specifies the voltage ● U/Un (%): [80, Associated with the Italian
curve reactive power scheduling 136] standard code.
hysteresis curve. ● Q/S: [-0.6, 0.6]

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 28

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Value Range Remarks

(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Underfrequency The standards of certain ● Disable N/A

rise power countries and regions ● Enable
require that if the power
grid frequency is lower
than Frequency for
triggering of
underfrequency rise
power, the inverter needs
to increase the active
power output to help
increase the power grid
frequency. In this case, set
this parameter to Enable.

Frequency for Specifies the frequency ● 50Hz: [40, 60] ● This parameter is
triggering of threshold of ● 60Hz: [48, 72] displayed when
underfrequency Underfrequency rise Underfrequency rise
rise power (Hz) power. power is set to Enable.
● When setting this
Power recovery Specifies the recovery rate [1, 6000]
parameter, ensure that
gradient of of Underfrequency rise
the following condition
underfrequency power.
is met: Cutoff
rise (%/min)
frequency of
Cutoff frequency Specifies the cutoff ● 50Hz: [40, 60] underfrequency rise
of frequency of power
● 60Hz: [48, 72]
underfrequency Underfrequency rise < Frequency for
rise power (Hz) power. triggering of
underfrequency rise
Cutoff power of Specifies the cutoff power [0, 100] power < Frequency for
underfrequency of Underfrequency rise exiting of
rise power (%) power. underfrequency rise
power.
Frequency for Specifies the exit frequency ● 50Hz: [40, 60]
exiting of of Underfrequency rise ● 60Hz: [48, 72]
underfrequency power.
rise power (Hz)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 29

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Time Setting
Parameter Description Value Range Remarks
(Vn: Rated
Voltage; Fn:
Rated
Frequency)

Time zone Specifies the time zone. N/A N/A

Time setting Specifies the time. N/A N/A

Daylight saving Specifies whether to enable ● Disable N/A

time daylight saving time (DST). ● Enable

Offset time Specifies the DST offset. [-240, 240] This parameter is displayed
when Daylight saving
Start date Specifies the DST offset [01-01, 12-31] time is set to Enable.
start date.

Start time Specifies the DST offset [00:00:00,

start time. 23:59:59]

End date Specifies the DST offset end [01-02, 12-30]

date.

End date Specifies the DST offset end [00:00:00,

time. 23:59:59]

NTP time Specifies whether to enable ● Disable N/A

synchronization NTP time synchronization. ● Enable

NTP server Specifies the NTP server IP N/A This parameter is displayed
address address or domain name. when NTP time
synchronization is set to
NTP server port Specifies the server port. [0, 65535] Enable.
NTP time Specifies the NTP time [1, 1440]
synchronization synchronization interval.
interval

Communication Configuration
Parameter Description Paramete Description
r

Inverter Changes the WLAN password Inverter's When using WLAN for
WLAN for the solar inverter. connection communication, enter the
settings to a router information about the connected
router.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 30

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Paramete Description

r

Dongle If the solar inverter is 4G When using a 4G Dongle, enter

parameter configured with a Dongle, view the SIM card information.
settings and set communication
addresses to the solar inverter.

RS485 Specifies the RS485 Managem Enter information about the

settings communications parameters of ent management system to which the
the solar inverter. System solar inverter connects.
Configurat
ion

Management Set information about the - -

system-1 third-party management
parameters system to which the solar
inverter connects.

NOTE

Only the SUN2000 (12KTL-25KTL)-M5 series and SUN600-(15KTL-25KTL)-ZHM0 can

connect to a third-party management system.

Table 3-1 RS485 settings

Parameter Description Value Range

Protocol Set the RS485 baud rate to be consistent with ● 4800

the baud rate of the devices on the same bus. ● 9600
● 19200

Baud rate The solar inverter can connect to the upper- ● MODBUS RTU
layer management unit over the Modbus RTU, ● Sunspec
SunSpec, or AVM protocol.
● AVM

Com address Set the communications address of the [1, 247]

SUN2000 when it connects to the upper-level
management unit, which should not conflict
with the addresses of other devices on the
same bus.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 31

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Off-grid/grid-tied control parameters

Paramet Settings Value
er

Off-grid If this parameter is enabled, the Backup ● Enable

mode Box switches to the off-grid mode when ● Disabled (default
the grid fails. This parameter can be set
only when the Backup Box is configured.
If the Backup Box is not configured, this
parameter cannot be enabled.
Otherwise, an alarm is generated.

Backup Sets the backup power SOC. In grid-tied [20%, 100%]

power mode, the battery does not discharge Default value: N/A
SOC when it is discharged to the backup
power SOC. When the grid fails, the
battery supplies power to loads in off-
grid mode until it reaches the end-of-
discharge capacity.

Grid-tied/ If this parameter is set to Automatic ● Automatic switching

Off- grid switching, the system switches to the (default)
mode off-grid mode when the grid fails, and ● Manual switching
switching switches to the grid-tied mode when the
grid recovers. If this parameter is set to
Manual switching, you need to log in to
the app and connect the inverter to
enable the off-grid mode when the grid
fails.

3.7 Power Adjustment

On the home screen, tap Power Adjustment and set power parameters as
required.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 32

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

NOTE

● The UI is for reference only. The UI varies with associated devices. The actual UI prevails.
● The parameter list provided in this document includes all configurable parameters that
vary with the device model and grid code. The actual screen prevails.
● For details about how to set active and reactive power control parameters,
see Power Adjustment.
● For details about how to set the grid-tied point control parameters, see Table
3-2.

Table 3-2 Grid-tied Point Control Parameters

Parameter Description

Active Unlimited N/A If this parameter is set to Unlimited, the output power of
power the solar inverter is not limited and the solar inverter can
connect to the power grid at the rated power.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 33

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description

Grid Closed-loop ● When the SmartLogger1000A is connected, set this

connectio controller parameter to SDongle/SmartLogger.
n with ● When multiple solar inverters are cascaded, set this
zero parameter to SDongle/SmartLogger.
power
● When there is only one solar inverter, set this parameter
to Inverter.

Limitation ● Total power indicates export limitation of the total

mode power at the grid-tied point.
● Single-phase power indicates export limitation of the
power in each phase at the grid-tied point. (Note:
COUNTIS E43 does not apply to this scenario.)

Power Specifies the shortest interval for a single export limitation

adjustment adjustment.
period

Maximum Specifies the time for detecting power meter data. If the
protection Dongle does not detect any power meter data within the
time preset time, the Dongle delivers the preset value of the Fail-
safe power threshold to the solar inverter for protection.

Power control Specifies the dead zone for adjusting the inverter output
hysteresis power. If the power fluctuation is within the power control
hysteresis, the power is not adjusted.

Communicatio In the solar inverter export limitation scenario, if this

n parameter is set to Enable, the solar inverter will derate
disconnection according to the active power derating percentage when the
fail-safe communication between the solar inverter and the Dongle
is disconnected for a period longer than Communication
disconnection detection time.

Communicatio Specifies the time for determining the communication

n disconnection between the solar inverter and the Dongle.
disconnection This parameter is displayed only when Communication
detection time disconnection fail-safe is set to Enable.

Active power Specifies the derating value of the solar inverter active
output limit power by percentage. If the Dongle does not detect any
for fail-safe power meter data or the communication between the
Dongle and the solar inverter is disconnected, the Dongle
delivers the derating value of the solar inverter active power
by percentage.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 34

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description

Grid Closed-loop ● For a single inverter, set Closed-loop controller to

connectio controller Inverter or SDongle/SmartLogger.
n with – When Closed-loop controller is set to Inverter, the
limited duration of export limitation control is less than 2s.
power
(kW) – When Closed-loop controller is set to SDongle/
SmartLogger, the duration of export limitation is less
than 5s.
● For multiple inverters, Closed-loop controller can only
be set to SDongle/SmartLogger. The duration of export
limitation control is less than 5s.

Limitation ● Total power indicates export limitation of the total

mode power at the grid-tied point.
● Single-phase power indicates export limitation of the
power in each phase at the grid-tied point. (Note:
COUNTIS E43 does not apply to this scenario.)

PV plant Specifies the total maximum active power in the solar

capacity inverter cascading scenario.

Maximum grid Specifies the maximum active power transmitted from the
feed-in power grid-tied point to the power grid.
(kW)

Power Specifies the shortest interval for a single export limitation

adjustment adjustment.
period

Maximum Specifies the time for detecting power meter data. If the
protection Smart Dongle does not detect any power meter data within
time the preset time, the Smart Dongle delivers the preset value
of the Fail-safe power threshold to the inverter for
protection.

Power control Specifies the dead zone for adjusting the inverter output
hysteresis power. If the power fluctuates within the power control
hysteresis, the power is not adjusted.

Communicatio In the inverter export limitation scenario, if this parameter is

n set to Enable, the inverter will derate according to the
disconnection active power derating percentage when the communication
fail-safe between the inverter and the Smart Dongle is disconnected
for a period longer than Communication disconnection
detection time.

Communicatio Specifies the time for determining the communication

n disconnection between the inverter and the Smart Dongle.
disconnection This parameter is displayed when Communication
detection time disconnection fail-safe is set to Enable.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 35

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description

Active power Specifies the derating value of the inverter active power by
output limit percentage. If the Smart Dongle does not detect any power
for fail-safe meter data or the communication between the Smart
Dongle and the inverter is disconnected, the Smart Dongle
delivers the derating value of the inverter active power by
percentage.

Grid Closed-loop ● For a single inverter, set Closed-loop controller to

connectio controller Inverter or SDongle/SmartLogger.
n with – When Closed-loop controller is set to Inverter, the
limited duration of export limitation control is less than 2s.
power
(%) – When Closed-loop controller is set to SDongle/
SmartLogger, the duration of export limitation is less
than 5s.
● For multiple inverters, Closed-loop controller can only
be set to SDongle/SmartLogger. The duration of export
limitation control is less than 5s.

Limitation ● Total power indicates export limitation of the total

mode power at the grid-tied point.
● Single-phase power indicates export limitation of the
power in each phase at the grid-tied point. (Note:
COUNTIS E43 does not apply to this scenario.)

PV plant Specifies the total maximum active power in the inverter

capacity cascading scenario.

Maximum grid Specifies the percentage of the maximum active power of

feed-in power the grid-tied point to the PV plant capacity.
(%)

Power Specifies the shortest interval for a single export limitation

adjustment adjustment.
period

Maximum Specifies the time for detecting power meter data. If the
protection Smart Dongle does not detect any power meter data within
time the preset time, the Smart Dongle delivers the preset value
of the Fail-safe power threshold to the inverter for
protection.

Power control Specifies the dead zone for adjusting the inverter output
hysteresis power. If the power fluctuates within the power control
hysteresis, the power is not adjusted.

Communicatio In the inverter export limitation scenario, if this parameter is

n set to Enable, the inverter will derate according to the
disconnection active power derating percentage when the communication
fail-safe between the inverter and the Smart Dongle is disconnected
for a period longer than Communication disconnection
detection time.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 36

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description

Communicatio Specifies the time for determining the communication

n disconnection between the inverter and the Smart Dongle.
disconnection This parameter is displayed when Communication
detection time disconnection fail-safe is set to Enable.

Active power Specifies the derating value of the inverter active power by
output limit percentage. If the Smart Dongle does not detect any power
for fail-safe meter data or the communication between the Smart
Dongle and the inverter is disconnected, the Smart Dongle
delivers the derating value of the inverter active power by
percentage.

Reacti Power Target power Specifies the target power factor of the power meter.
ve factor factor
power closed-
loop Reactive Specifies the interval for sending adjustment commands.
control power
adjustment
period

Reactive Specifies the adjustment power factor precision.

power
adjustment
deadband

Fail-safe When the communication between the SDongle/

power factor SmartLogger, power meter, and solar inverter is interrupted,
the solar inverter outputs power based on this threshold.

Communicatio When this parameter is set to Enable, and the

n communication between the solar inverter and the
disconnection SDongle/SmartLogger is interrupted for a certain period (set
fail-safe by Communication disconnection detection time), the
solar inverter outputs power based on Fail-safe power.

Communicatio Specifies the protection duration to determine whether the

n communication between the SDongle/SmartLogger and the
disconnection solar inverter is interrupted.
detection time This parameter is displayed only when Communication
disconnection fail-safe is set to Enable.

No N/A If this parameter is set to No Output, no parameter is

Output available.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 37

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

NOTE

The duration for export limitation control is as follows:

● For a single solar inverter, set Closed-loop controller to Inverter or SDongle/
SmartLogger.
● When Closed-loop controller is set to Inverter, the duration of export limitation
control is less than 2s.
● When Closed-loop controller is set to SDongle/SmartLogger, the duration is less
than 5s if the controller is the SDongle. The duration is less than 2s if the controller
is the SmartLogger.
● For multiple solar inverters, Closed-loop controller can only be set to SDongle/
SmartLogger.
● The duration is less than 5s if the controller is the SDongle.
● The duration is less than 2s if the controller is the SmartLogger.
● Battery Control Parameters
Parameter Description Value Range

Working mode For details, see the description on the ● Maximum self-
App screen. consumption
● Time-of-use
● Fully fed to grid

Maximum charge power Retain this parameter to the maximum ● Charge: [0, Maximum
(kW) charge power. Additional configuration charge power]
is not required.

Maximum discharge Retain this parameter to the maximum ● Discharge: [0, Maximum
power (kW) discharge power. Additional discharge power]
configuration is not required.

End-of-charge SOC (%) Set the charge cutoff capacity. 90%–100%

End-of-discharge SOC Set the discharge cutoff capacity. 0%–20% (When no PV

(%) module is configured or the
PV modules have no voltage
for 24 hours, the minimum
value is 15%.)

Charge from grid If Charge from grid function is ● Disable

disabled by default, comply with the ● Enable
grid charge requirements stipulated in
local laws and regulations when this
function is enabled.

Grid charge cutoff SOC Set the grid charge cutoff SOC. [20%, 100%]

● Capacity Control Parameters (Peak Shaving)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 38

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 3 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Distributed Solar Inverter

Parameter Description Range

Capacity control 1. Before enabling Capacity ● Disable

control, set Charge from ● Active capacity
grid to Enable. limit
2. Before disabling Charge
from grid, set Capacity
control to Disable.

Backup power SOC The value of this parameter [0.0, 100.0]

for peak shaving affects the peak shaving Backup power SOC
(%) capability. A larger value for peak shaving >
indicates stronger peak Backup power SOC
shaving capability. (when BackUp is
enabled) > End-of-
discharge SOC

Start date ● Set the peak power range -

based on the start time
End dete and end time. The peak
Peak power (kW) power is configured based [0.000, 1000.000]
on electricity prices in
different time segments.
You are advised to set the
peak power to a low value
when the electricity price
is high.
● A maximum of 14 time
segments are allowed.

NOTE

● The capacity control function is unavailable when the energy storage working
mode is set to Fully fed to grid.
● When capacity control has been enabled, you must first disable capacity control
and then set the energy storage working mode to Fully fed to grid.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 39

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting

to the Commercial Solar Inverter

NOTICE

● The figures and data displayed in this chapter are for reference only.
● The parameters displayed on the screen vary according to the solar inverter
model connected to the app.
● The 1000 V and 1500 V solar inverters have the maximum input voltages of
1000 V and 1500 V respectively. The 1100 V solar inverter refers to the one with
the maximum input voltage of 1100 V or SUN2000-33KTL-US/36KTL-US/40KTL-
US. The maximum input voltage can be queried from the product nameplate or
the user manual.
● Delivering a reset, factory reset, shutdown, or upgrade command to the solar
inverters may cause power grid connection failure, which affects the energy
yield.
● Only professionals are allowed to set the grid parameters, protection
parameters, feature parameters, power adjustment parameters, and grid-tied
point control parameters of the solar inverters. If the grid parameters,
protection parameters, and feature parameters are incorrectly set, the solar
inverters may not connect to the power grid. If the power adjustment
parameters and grid-tied point control parameters are incorrectly set, the solar
inverters may not connect to the power grid as required. In these cases, the
energy yield will be affected.

4.1 Connection Modes

After the DC or AC side of a solar inverter is energized, the app can connect to the
solar inverter in two methods:
1. Connect over a WLAN/Bluetooth module.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 40

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-1 WLAN/Bluetooth connection

(A) Solar inverter (B) WLAN/Bluetooth module (C) Mobile phone

2. Connect over a USB data cable.

Figure 4-2 USB data cable connection

(A) Solar inverter (B) USB data cable (C) Mobile phone

4.2 Required Accessories

Mobile Phone
● Mobile phone operating system: Android 4.4 or later
● Recommended phone brands: Huawei and Samsung
● The mobile phone supports the access to the Internet over a web browser.
● WLAN/Bluetooth supported

WLAN/Bluetooth Module
Purchase a Bluetooth module or WLAN module that matches the solar inverter. A
Bluetooth module or a WLAN module purchased from any other source may not
support communication between the app and the solar inverter.

Table 4-1 WLAN/Bluetooth module model

Model Module Item Code Purchased From

USB- WLAN module 02312MCK Can be purchased

Adapter2000-C from Huawei

USB- Bluetooth module 02311NEA

Adapter2000-B

BF4030 Bluetooth module 06080358

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 41

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

USB Data Cable

The USB data cable is delivered with the phone.
NOTE

The port type of the USB data cable connected to the solar inverter is USB 2.0.

4.3 User Operation Permissions

The user accounts that can log in to the app are classified into common users,
special users, and advanced users. You can set different user permissions based on
the responsibilities of PV plant operation personnel.
● Common user: Has the permission of viewing data and setting user
parameters.
● Advanced user: Has the permission of viewing data, setting functional
parameters, and maintaining devices.
● Special user: Has the permissions of viewing solar inverter data, setting grid
related parameters, and maintaining devices (including starting and shutting
down the solar inverter, restoring factory defaults, and upgrading devices).

Figure 4-3 Operation permissions of common users

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 42

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-4 Operation permissions of advanced users

NOTE

● Track system is available for SUN2000 V200R001C91 and SUN2000 V200R001C93 of

1000 V solar inverters, all 1100 V solar inverters, and all 1500 V solar inverters.
● File store path is displayed only for the Android system.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 43

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-5 Operation permissions of special users

4.4 Login the SUN2000 APP

Prerequisites
● The DC or AC side of the solar inverter has been energized.
● Connect over a WLAN/Bluetooth module:
a. The WLAN/Bluetooth module is connected to the USB port at the bottom
of the solar inverter.
b. The WLAN/Bluetooth function is enabled on the mobile phone.
c. Keep the mobile phone within 5 m from the solar inverter. Otherwise,
communication between them would be affected.
● Connect over a USB data cable:
a. The USB data cable is connected from the USB port at the bottom of the
solar inverter to the USB port on the mobile phone.
b. The USB data cable has been successfully connected and Connected to
USB Accessory is displayed on the screen. Otherwise, the connection is
invalid.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 44

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the solar inverter.

Figure 4-6 Connect

● Code scanning: Tap Connect to access the scanning screen, place the QR code
or bar code of the WLAN/Bluetooth module in the scan frame. The device will
be automatically connected after the code is identified.
● Manual connection: Tap Manual Connection and select a connection mode.

Figure 4-7 Manual connection

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 45

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

– Select WLAN and connect to the corresponding WLAN in the WLAN

connection list of the APP. The initial name of the WLAN hotspot is
Adapter-WLAN module SN, and the initial password is Changeme.

NOTICE

▪ Use the initial password upon first power-on and change it

immediately after login. To ensure account security, change the
password periodically and keep the new password in mind. Not
changing the initial password may cause password disclosure. A
password left unchanged for a long period of time may be stolen or
cracked. If a password is lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these
cases, the user is liable for any loss caused to the PV plant.

▪ If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway?

message is displayed when you connect to the built-in WLAN, tap
CONNECT. Otherwise, you cannot log in to the system. The actual UI
and messages may vary with mobile phones.

– Select Bluetooth, and tap Search for device. After a Bluetooth device is
found, select the target Bluetooth device, and set up a connection. If the
Bluetooth module is USB-Adapter2000-B, the connected Bluetooth device
is named after last 8 digits of the SN barcode + HWAPP.
– Select USB, and tap OK to allow the app to access the USB accessory.
After you select Use by default for this USB accessory, the message will
not appear if you log in to the app again without removing the USB data
cable.
Step 2 Select a login user and enter the password.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 46

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-8 Login

NOTICE

● For the initial power-on, set the password as prompted and then log in to the
system. If not prompted, log in with the initial password 00000a.
● To ensure account security, change the password periodically and keep the new
password in mind. A password left unchanged for a long period of time may be
stolen or cracked. If a password is lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these
cases, the user is liable for any loss caused to the PV plant.
● During the login, if five consecutive invalid password entries are made (the
interval between two consecutive entries is less than 2 minutes), the account
will be locked for 10 minutes. The password should consist of six characters.

Step 3 After successful login, the Quick Settings or Function Menu screen is displayed.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 47

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

NOTICE

● If you log in to the SUN2000 app after the device powers on for the first time
or factory defaults are restored, the Quick Settings screen will be displayed. If
you do not set the basic parameters for the solar inverter on the Quick
Settings screen, the screen is still displayed when you log in next time.
● To set the basic parameters on the Quick Settings screen, switch to Advanced
User. When you log in as Common User or Special User, enter the password
of Advanced User in the dialog box that is displayed. After you confirm the
password, go to the Quick Settings screen.

Table 4-2 Quick settings

Parameter Description

Grid code Set this parameter based on the grid code of the country or region
where the SUN2000 is used and the SUN2000 application
scenario.

Date Specifies the system date.

Time Specifies the system time.

Baud rate (bps) Set the RS485 baud rate to be consistent with the baud rate of the
devices on the same bus.

RS485 protocol ● The solar inverter can connect to the upper-layer management
unit over the Modbus RTU, SunSpec, or AVM protocol.
● When the solar inverter connects to the support tracking
system, only the Modbus RTU protocol is supported.

Com address Set the communications address of the SUN2000 when it connects
to the upper-level management unit, which should not conflict
with the addresses of other devices on the same bus.

----End

4.5 Screen Operations (Common User)

4.5.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the active power and energy yield of
solar inverters on the home screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 48

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-9 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarm or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical alarms, and
running information of the solar inverters.
You can view the following information on the alarm screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 49

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

NOTE

– Tap Sort by generated time to set the alarm sorting mode for active alarms or
historical alarms.

– Tap to set a time criterion. The historical alarms generated within the time
segment are displayed.
● Select the alarms that can be manually cleared, and tap Delete on the right
of the alarm to manually clear the alarms.
NOTE

– Alarms that have been manually cleared can be viewed on the Historical Alarm
screen.
– Only the AFCI Self-Check Failure and DC Arc Fault alarms can be manually
cleared. Only the products whose technical specifications contain AFCI supports
manual alarm clearance.

----End

4.5.2 Settings
Context
Due to permission restrictions, common users can set time parameters only for the
solar inverters.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Time setting and set the system time.

Figure 4-10 Time settings (common user)

NOTE

● For a solar inverter that supports DST, if an advanced user enables DST, a common user
can view DST data.
● When an advanced user enables NTP time synchronization, common users can view the
related data.

----End

4.5.3 Maintenance

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 50

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.5.3.1 System Maintenance

Context
Because of permission restriction, common users can only turn on or off solar
inverters.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Figure 4-11 Maintenance

Step 2 Tap next to Inverter ON/OFF to perform the operation.

Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

4.5.3.2 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 4-12 Feedback

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 51

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.
Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

4.5.3.3 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 4-13 Help

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

----End

4.5.3.4 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, part number,
firmware version, software version, technical support website, privacy policy
(displayed only on the SUN2000 app), customer service contact information, and
open source software policy.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 52

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, part number, firmware version,
software version, and technical support website.

Figure 4-14 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

4.6 Screen Operations (Advanced User)

4.6.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the active power and energy yield of
solar inverters on the home screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 53

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-15 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarm or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical alarms, and
running information of the solar inverters.
You can view the following information on the Alarm screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 54

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

NOTE

– Tap Sort by generated time to set the alarm sorting mode for active alarms or
historical alarms.

– Tap to set a time criterion. The historical alarms generated within the time
segment are displayed.
● Select the alarms that can be manually cleared, and tap Delete on the right
of the alarm to manually clear the alarms.
NOTE

– Alarms that have been manually cleared can be viewed on the Historical Alarm
screen.
– Only the AFCI Self-Check Failure and DC Arc Fault alarms can be manually
cleared. Only the products whose technical specifications contain AFCI supports
manual alarm clearance.

----End

4.6.2 Quick Settings

Context
Due to permission restrictions, only advanced users can quickly set up the solar
inverter.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Quick Settings.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 55

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-16 Quick settings

NOTE

The screenshot of Quick settings provided in this document is for reference only. The
actual screens prevail.

Step 2 Set parameters as prompted.

----End

4.6.3 Settings
On the home screen, an advanced user can tap Settings to set power grid,
protection, and feature parameters for the solar inverter.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 56

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-17 Settings (advanced user)

NOTICE

● The configurable solar inverter parameters vary with the solar inverter model
and grid code. The displayed parameters prevail. The parameter list provided in
this section includes all configurable parameters.
● The parameter ranges vary with the device model. The listed ranges are for
reference only.
● The parameter names, value ranges, and default values are subject to change.
The actual display prevails.

4.6.3.1 Setting Grid Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Grid Parameters to access the parameter
setting screen.

Figure 4-18 Grid Parameters (advanced user)

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 57

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.6.3.2 Setting Protection Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Protection Parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Figure 4-19 Protection parameters (advanced user)

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

----End

4.6.3.3 Setting Feature Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Feature Parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Figure 4-20 Feature parameters (advanced user)

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 58

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.6.3.4 Time setting

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Time setting and set time parameters.

Figure 4-21 Time setting (advanced user)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 59

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Table 4-3 Time settings

Parameter Description

Time zone Specifies the time zone.

Time setting Specifies the system date and time.

Daylight saving time Specifies whether to enable daylight saving time (DST).

Offset time Specifies the DST offset.

Start date Specifies the DST offset start date.

Start time Specifies the DST offset start time.

End date Specifies the DST offset end date.

End time Specifies the DST offset end time.

NTP time synchronization Specifies whether to enable NTP time synchronization.

NTP server address Specifies the NTP server IP address or domain name.

NTP server port Specifies the server port.

NTP time synchronization Specifies the NTP time synchronization interval.

interval

NOTE

You can set DST parameters and NTP parameters.

----End

4.6.3.5 Setting Communications Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Communication configuration to access
the parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 60

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-22 Communications parameters

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 61

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Table 4-4 Setting communications parameters

Parameter Description

RS485_1 Set RS485 communications parameters.

RS485 CAN Resistor is available only to the 1000 V solar
inverters. This parameter is set to by default. If signals are
distorted or the communication is of poor quality because of an
overlong communications cable, set the parameter to for
the last solar inverter in the daisy chain.

RS485_2 Set RS485 communications parameters.

This parameter is displayed only for the solar inverters that can
connect to the RS485 slave device.

MBUS Set MBUS communications parameters.

This parameter is displayed only for the solar inverters that
support the MBUS function.

Ethernet Set Ethernet parameters.

NOTE
● When DHCP is set to , the IP address, Subnet mask, and
Gateway of the solar inverter are automatically allocated.
● When DHCP is set to , you can manually set the IP address,
Subnet mask, and Gateway.

Management system Set management system parameters.

This parameter is displayed only for the solar inverters that can
connect to the SDongle.
NOTE
If TLS encryption is set to , data will be transmitted without being
encrypted, which may pose security risks. Therefore, exercise caution when
setting this parameter.

4G/GPRS Set 4G/GPRS communications parameters.

This parameter is displayed only for the solar inverters that can
connect to the SDongle.

WLAN Setting WLAN communications parameters

This parameter is displayed only for the solar inverters that can
connect to the SDongle.

Dongle Set Dongle communications parameters.

This parameter is displayed only for the solar inverters that can
connect to the SDongle.

NOTE

You can check whether the solar inverter supports the MBUS or SDongle function by
viewing the product nameplate on it.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 62

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.6.3.6 Setting a Tracking System

Context
This function is available to the 1000 V (SUN2000 V200R001C91 and SUN2000
V200R001C93 only), 1100 V, and 1500 V solar inverters. The support parameters
vary depending on the controller manufacturer. Set parameters based on site
requirements. The following screenshots are based on the same scenario.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Tracking System to access the support
parameter setting screen.

Figure 4-23 Tracking system

Step 2 Swipe left on the screen to access the support status screen, tap a support, and set
parameters for the support.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 63

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-24 Support

----End

4.6.3.7 Setting a File Save Path

Prerequisite
This function is available only on the Android system.

Context
You can modify the save path for operation logs and solar inverter logs and export
logs from the path.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > File Save Path to access the path setting
screen.
Step 2 Tap File save path to set a file save path.
----End

4.6.4 Power Adjustment

Context
Due to permission restrictions, advanced users support the setting of power
adjustment, which can set the grid-connected control parameters of the solar
inverter.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Power Adjustment.

Figure 4-25 Power adjustment

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 64

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Step 2 Set power parameters as required.

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

NOTE

When setting the Grid-tied point control parameters, you need to enter the APP login
password.

----End

4.6.5 Maintenance
An advanced user can tap Maintenance on the home screen to inspect, turn on,
or turn off the solar inverters and detect the DC input.

Figure 4-26 Maintenance screen (advanced user)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 65

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.6.5.1 Device Inspection

Context
After a solar inverter is put into use, it should be inspected periodically to detect
any potential risks and problems.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Inspection to access the inspection
screen.

Figure 4-27 Device inspection

Step 2 Choose Inspection type, tap in the upper-right corner of the screen to start
solar inverter inspection.

Figure 4-28 Inverter Inspect

----End

4.6.5.2 License Management

Context
The License management screen allows an advanced user to view the solar
inverter certificate and obtain the status of the certificate.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > License management to access the
license management screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 66

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-29 License management

NOTE

● When License status is Normal, you can revoke the license through the drop-down list
box in the upper-right corner.
● When License status is Deregistered, you can export and view the license revocation
code.
● When License status is No license, you can load the license through the drop-down list
box in the upper-right corner.

----End

4.6.5.3 Subdevice management

Step 1 On the home screen, choose Subdevice management to access the Subdevice
management screen.

Figure 4-30 Subdevice management

● Tap + to add a power meter.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 67

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Parameter Description

Model Set this parameter to the corresponding meter

model.
NOTE
– Select an appropriate power meter based on the
application scenario. The device model is subject
to change. The actual product prevails.
– Set the power meter model correctly. Otherwise,
the power meter function may be unavailable.

Device address Set this parameter to the communication

address of the power meter.

Current change ratio – Set this parameter to 1 if the power meter

uploads the primary value.
– Set this parameter based on the actual
transformer ratio if the power meter uploads
the secondary value.

● After a power meter is added, tap it to view and modify the power meter
parameters. To delete the power meter, touch and hold it.

----End

4.6.5.4 PV String Access Detection

Context
● PV string access detection applies to large-scale commercial ground PV plants
with PV strings facing the same direction.
● In AC or DC power limiting scenarios:
– If the PV string access type has not been identified, String Access
Detection will be displayed as Not connected. The PV string access type
can be identified only when the solar inverters restore to the non-power
limiting state and the current of all connected PV strings reaches the
startup current.
– If the PV string access type has been identified, when a certain PV string
connected to the 2-in-1 terminals is lost, no alarm will be generated. If a
certain PV string connected to the 2-in-1 terminals is restored, the access
type cannot be identified. You can determine whether both 2-in-1 PV
strings are restored only when the PV string current reaches Startup
current for 2-in-1 detection.
● After setting the parameters, on the home screen, choose Running Info. >
Details to check whether the PV string access status is normal.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > String Access Detection and set PV
string access detection parameters.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 68

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-31 String access detection

Table 4-5 PV string access detection

Parameter Description

String Access String Access Detection is set to Disable by default.

Detection After solar inverters are connected to the power grid,
set String Access Detection to Enable.

Startup current (A) When the current of all connected PV strings reaches
the preset value, the PV string access detection
function is enabled.
NOTE
Startup current setting rules:
● Startup current = Isc (Stc) x 0.6 (rounded up). For details
about Isc (Stc), see the PV module nameplate.
● Default startup current (5 A): applicable to the scenarios
where the short-circuit current Isc (Stc) is greater than 8 A
for the monocrystalline and polycrystalline PV modules.

Startup current for 2- When the current of a PV string reaches Startup

in-1 detection (A) current for 2-in-1 detection, the PV string is
automatically identified as 2-in-1 string.
You are advised to retain the default settings.

PV string N access type Set this parameter based on the type of the PV string
NOTE connected to DC input terminal N of the solar inverter.
N is the DC input You are advised to retain the default value. If the value
terminal number of the
is incorrectly set, the PV string access type may be
solar inverter.
incorrectly identified and alarms may be generated by
mistake for the PV string access status.

----End

4.6.5.5 Startup and Shutdown

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 69

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Step 2 Tap next to Inverter ON/OFF to perform the operation.

Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

4.6.5.6 Restoring Factory Settings

Context

NOTICE

Perform this operation with caution because all configured parameters except the
current date, time, baud rate, and address will be restored to their factory default
values. This operation will not affect operating information, alarm records, or
system logs.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 2 Tap Restore defaults to perform the operation.

Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

4.6.5.7 Performing an AFCI Self-Check

Context
The AFCI self-check function is available only to the solar inverter model marked
with -US.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 2 Tap AFCI Self-Check to perform the operation.

Step 3 Tap OK.

----End

4.6.5.8 Resetting a Solar Inverter

Context
The solar inverter automatically shuts down and restarts after reset.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 70

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
Step 2 Tap Reset to perform the operation.
Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

4.6.5.9 Clearing Alarms

Context
After alarms are reset, all active alarms and historical alarms of the solar inverter
connected to the app will be cleared.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
Step 2 Tap Clear alarms to perform the operation.
Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

4.6.5.10 Clearing Historical Energy Yield Data

Context
If you clear historical energy yield data, all the historical energy yield data of the
solar inverters connecting to the app will be cleared.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
Step 2 Tap Clear historical energy yield .
Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

4.6.5.11 Importing and Exporting Configuration Files

Procedure
1. On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Import and export
configuration file to access the screen for configuration file import and
export.
– Tap Export Configuration File to export the configuration files of the
solar inverter to the phone.
– Tap Import Configuration File to import the configuration files from the
phone to the solar inverter.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 71

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.6.5.12 Spot-Check

Context
You can perform spot-check for the solar inverter whose Grid Code is Japan
standard.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Spot-check to access the spot-check screen.

Figure 4-32 Spot-Check

Step 2 Tap START.

----End

4.6.5.13 DC Input Detection

Context
The DC input detection function is only applicable to the 1500 V solar inverter
system.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 72

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Start DC Input Detection to access
the DC input detection screen.

Figure 4-33 Starting DC input detection

Step 2 Tap Start.

----End

4.6.5.14 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package with the help of the supplier or
Huawei engineers. After the downloading is complete, use the digital
certificate and verification tool available at Huawei technical support website
to verify the digital signature of the software package.
a. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
b. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
● In the Android system, you have copied the upgrade package has been copied
to the Android/data/com.huawei.inverterapp/files/ directory on the mobile
phone. The upgrade package is a .zip file.
● Certain solar inverters (only SUN2000 V500R001C00) support MBUS upgrade.
The actual UI prevails.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Upgrade device .
Step 2 Access the device upgrade screen and tap Upgrade.

Figure 4-34 Device upgrade

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 73

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Step 3 Perform operations as prompted.

----End

4.6.5.15 Log management

Context
You can tap Log management to export operation logs, as well as alarm records
and energy yield information of the solar inverter from the mobile phone.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Log management to access the log
download screen.

Figure 4-35 Downloading logs

Step 2 You can download Inverter logs and APP log.

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huanwei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to "Setting a File Save Path".
● The downloaded solar inverter logs are saved at the Device Log directory in File
Management in your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for
checking.

----End

4.6.5.16 Changing the WLAN Password

Context
You can tap Maintenance on the home screen to change the WLAN password to
ensure account security.

NOTE

If the communication between the app and the solar inverter has not been established over
WLAN, Change WLAN Password is not displayed on the screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 74

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Procedure
Step 1 On the Maintenance screen, tap Change WLAN Password on the app connection
screen to access the password change screen.

Step 2 Specify Old password, New password, and Confirm password, and then tap OK.
NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains 8–30 characters.
● Contains at least two of the three types: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and digits.

----End

4.6.5.17 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 4-36 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.

Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 75

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.6.5.18 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 4-37 Help

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

----End

4.6.5.19 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, part number,
firmware version, software version, technical support website, privacy policy
(displayed only on the SUN2000 app), customer service contact information, and
open source software policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, part number, firmware version,
software version, and technical support website.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 76

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-38 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

4.7 Screen Operations (Special User)

4.7.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the active power and energy yield of
solar inverters on the home screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 77

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-39 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarm management or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical
alarms, and running information of the solar inverters.
You can view the following information on the alarm management screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 78

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

NOTE

– Tap Sort by generated time to set the alarm sorting mode for active alarms or
historical alarms.

– Tap to set a time criterion. The historical alarms generated within the time
segment are displayed.
● Select the alarms that can be manually cleared, and tap Delete on the right
of the alarm to manually clear the alarms.
NOTE

– Alarms that have been manually cleared can be viewed on the Historical Alarm
screen.
– Only the AFCI Self-Check Failure and DC Arc Fault alarms can be manually
cleared. Only the products whose technical specifications contain AFCI supports
manual alarm clearance.

----End

4.7.2 Settings
On the home screen, a special user can tap Settings to set power grid, protection,
and feature parameters for the solar inverter.

Figure 4-40 Settings

NOTICE

● The configurable solar inverter parameters vary with the solar inverter model
and grid code. The displayed parameters prevail. The parameter list provided in
this section includes all configurable parameters.
● The parameter ranges vary with the device model. The listed ranges are for
reference only.
● The parameter names, value ranges, and default values are subject to change.
The actual display prevails.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 79

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.7.2.1 Setting Grid Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Grid Parameters to access the parameter
setting screen.

Figure 4-41 Grid parameters (special user)

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

----End

4.7.2.2 Setting Protection Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Protection Parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 80

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-42 Protection parameters

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

----End

4.7.2.3 Setting Feature Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Feature Parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 81

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-43 Feature parameters

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

----End

4.7.2.4 Setting Power Adjustment Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Power Adjustment to access the
parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 82

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-44 Power adjustment parameters

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

----End

4.7.2.5 Setting a File Save Path

Prerequisite
This function is available only on the Android system.

Context
You can modify the save path for operation logs and solar inverter logs and export
logs from the path.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 83

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > File Save Path to access the path setting
screen.
Step 2 Tap File save path to set a file save path.

----End

4.7.3 Power Adjustment

Context
Due to permission restrictions, special users support the setting of power
adjustment, which can set the active power, reactive power, and grid connection
point control parameters of the solar inverter.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Power Adjustment.

Figure 4-45 Power adjustment

Step 2 Set power parameters as required.

For details about how to set the parameters, see 14.2 Commercial Smart
Inverters Parameters.

NOTE

When setting the Grid-tied point control parameters, you need to enter the APP login
password.

----End

4.7.4 Maintenance
On the home screen, a special user can tap Maintenance to start or shut down
the solar inverter and restore factory settings.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 84

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-46 Maintenance (special user)

4.7.4.1 Subdevice management

Step 1 On the home screen, choose Subdevice management to access the Subdevice
management screen.

Figure 4-47 Subdevice management

● Tap + to add a power meter.

Parameter Description

Model Set this parameter to the corresponding meter

model.
NOTE
– Select an appropriate power meter based on the
application scenario. The device model is subject
to change. The actual product prevails.
– Set the power meter model correctly. Otherwise,
the power meter function may be unavailable.

Device address Set this parameter to the communication

address of the power meter.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 85

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Parameter Description

Current change ratio – Set this parameter to 1 if the power meter

uploads the primary value.
– Set this parameter based on the actual
transformer ratio if the power meter uploads
the secondary value.

● After a power meter is added, tap it to view and modify the power meter
parameters. To delete the power meter, touch and hold it.

----End

4.7.4.2 Startup and Shutdown

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 2 Tap next to Inverter ON/OFF to perform the operation.

Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

4.7.4.3 Restoring Factory Settings

Context

NOTICE

Perform this operation with caution because all configured parameters except the
current date, time, baud rate, and address will be restored to their factory default
values. This operation will not affect operating information, alarm records, or
system logs.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 2 Tap Restore defaults to perform the operation.

Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 86

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

4.7.4.4 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package with the help of the supplier or
Huawei engineers. After the downloading is complete, use the digital
certificate and verification tool available at Huawei technical support website
to verify the digital signature of the software package.
a. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
b. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
● Inthe Android system, youhave copied the upgrade package has been copied
to the Android/data/com.huanwei.inverterapp/files/ directory on the mobile
phone. The upgrade package is a .zip file.
● Certain solar inverters (only SUN2000 V500R001C00) support MBUS upgrade.
The actual UI prevails.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Uevice dpgrade.
Step 2 Access the device upgrade screen and tap Upgrade.

Figure 4-48 Device upgrade

Step 3 Perform operations as prompted.

----End

4.7.4.5 Log management

Context
You can tap Log management to export operation logs, as well as alarm records
and energy yield information of the solar inverter from the mobile phone.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Log management to access the log
download screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 87

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Figure 4-49 Downloading logs

Step 2 You can download Inverter logs and APP log.

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huanwei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to "Setting a File Save Path".
● The downloaded solar inverter logs are saved at the Device Log directory in File
Management in your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for
checking.

----End

4.7.4.6 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 4-50 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 88

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.

Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

4.7.4.7 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 4-51 Help

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

----End

4.7.4.8 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, part number,
firmware version, software version, technical support website, privacy policy
(displayed only on the SUN2000 app), customer service contact information, and
open source software policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 89

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 4 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Commercial Solar Inverter

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, part number, firmware version,
software version, and technical support website.

Figure 4-52 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 90

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting

to the SmartLogger

NOTICE

● The figures and data displayed in this chapter are for reference only.
● Delivering a reset, factory reset, shutdown, or upgrade command to the solar
inverters may cause power grid connection failure, which affects the energy
yield.
● Only professionals are allowed to set the grid parameters, protection
parameters, feature parameters, power adjustment parameters, and grid-tied
point control parameters of the solar inverters. If the grid parameters,
protection parameters, and feature parameters are incorrectly set, the solar
inverters may not connect to the power grid. If the power adjustment
parameters and grid-tied point control parameters are incorrectly set, the solar
inverters may not connect to the power grid as required. In these cases, the
energy yield will be affected.
● Only professionals are allowed to set the power grid scheduling parameters of
the SmartLogger. Incorrect settings may cause the PV plant to fail to connect to
the power grid as required, which affects the energy yield.

5.1 User Operation Permissions

For SmartLogger2000 and SmartLogger1000A, the user accounts that can log in to
the app are classified into common users, special users, and advanced users. You
can set different user permissions based on the responsibilities of PV plant
operation personnel.
● Common users: Has the permissions of viewing data about the SmartLogger
and the devices connected to it, setting SmartLogger user parameters, and
changing the system password.
● Advanced users: Has the permissions of viewing data about the SmartLogger
and the devices connected to it, setting functional parameters, managing
devices, and maintaining the system.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 91

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

● Special users: Has the permissions of viewing data about the SmartLogger
and the devices connected to it, managing devices, and maintaining the
system.
For SmartLogger3000, the user accounts that can log in to the app are classified
into installer and user, user permissions can refer to common users permissions,
and installer permissions can refer to advanced users permissions and special
users permissions.
Figure 5-1, Figure 5-2, and Figure 5-3 show the menu operation permissions of
common users, special users, and advanced users respectively.

Figure 5-1 Operation permissions of common users

NOTE

Common users can view data and start or shut down the devices under Monitoring.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 92

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-2 Operation permissions of advanced users

NOTE

● Advanced users can view data, set parameters, download logs, and start or shut down
the devices under Monitoring.
● Path Settings is available only to the Android system.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 93

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-3 Operation permissions of special users

NOTE

Special users can view data, download logs, and start or shut down the devices under
Monitoring.

5.2 Login the SUN2000 APP

Prerequisites
● The SmartLogger has been powered on.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 94

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

● The Bluetooth function of the SmartLogger is enabled by default.

● The WLAN function of the SmartLogger is disabled by default. Ensure that the
WLAN function is enabled before connecting to the SmartLogger.
● Connect over a WLAN/Bluetooth:
a. The WLAN/Bluetooth function is enabled on the mobile phone.
b. Keep the mobile phone within 5 m from the SmartLogger. Otherwise, the
communication between them would be affected.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect to the SmartLogger.

Figure 5-4 Connect

● Code scanning: Tap Connect, on the scanning screen, place the QR code of
the Device in the scan frame. The device will be automatically connected after
the code is identified.
● Manual connection: Tap Manual Connection and select a connection mode.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 95

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-5 Manual connection

– Select WLAN and connect the SmartLogger1000A or SmartLogger3000 to

the corresponding WLAN in the WLAN connection list of the APP. The
initial name of the WLAN is Logger_SN bar code, and the initial
password is Changeme.

NOTICE

▪ Use the initial password upon first power-on and change it

immediately after login. To ensure account security, change the
password periodically and keep the new password in mind. Not
changing the initial password may cause password disclosure. A
password left unchanged for a long period of time may be stolen or
cracked. If a password is lost, the device needs to be restored to its
factory settings. In these cases, the user is liable for any loss caused to
the PV plant.

▪ If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway?

message is displayed when you connect to the built-in WLAN, tap
CONNECT. Otherwise, you cannot log in to the system. The actual UI
and messages may vary with mobile phones.

– Select Bluetooth, and tap Search for Device. After a Bluetooth device is
found, select the target Bluetooth device, and set up a connection. When
the Bluetooth connection is used for the SmartLogger2000, the name of
the connected Bluetooth device is LOG+last eight digits of the SN bar
code.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 96

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Select a login user and enter the password, tap Log In.

Figure 5-6 Login

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 97

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTICE

● The login password is the same as that for the SmartLogger connected to the
app and is used only when the SmartLogger connects to the app.
● For SmartLogger1000A and SmartLogger2000, the initial passwords for
Common User, Advanced User, and Special User are all 00000a.
● For SmartLogger3000, the initial passwords for installer and user are all
00000a.
● Use the initial password upon first power-on and change it immediately after
login. To ensure account security, change the password periodically and keep
the new password in mind. Not changing the initial password may cause
password disclosure. A password left unchanged for a long period of time may
be stolen or cracked. If a password is lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these
cases, the user is liable for any loss caused to the PV plant.
● During the login, if five consecutive invalid password entries are made (the
interval between two consecutive entries is less than 2 minutes), the account
will be locked for 10 minutes. The password should consist of six characters.

Step 3 After successful login, the quick settings screen or home screen is displayed.
NOTE

● If you log in to the app after the SmartLogger powers on for the first time or the
SmartLogger factory defaults are restored, the quick settings screen will be displayed.
You can set basic parameters for the SmartLogger on the Quick Settings screen. After
the setting, you can modify the parameters after choosing MoreSettings.
● If you do not set basic parameters for the SmartLogger on the Quick Settings screen,
the screen is still displayed when you log in to the app next time.

----End

5.3 Screen Operations (Common User)

5.3.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the active power and energy yield of the
connected solar inverters on the home screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 98

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-7 Home

Step 2 Tap Alarm management or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical
alarms, and running information.
You can view the following information on the alarm management screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.
● Select the alarms that can be manually cleared, and tap Delete on the right
of the alarm to manually clear the alarms.

----End

5.3.2 Settings
A common user can choose Settings to set user parameters for the SmartLogger.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 99

FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-8 Settings (Common User)

5.3.2.1 Setting the System Date and Time

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > User param. > Date&Time to set the date and time.

Figure 5-9 Date&Time screen

Step 2 Set the date and time based on the region where the SmartLogger is located.
NOTE

For a solar inverter that supports DST, if an advanced user enables DST, a common user can
view DST data. The displayed parameters are for reference only.

----End

5.3.2.2 Setting Plant Information

Step 1 Choose Settings > User param. > Plant to access the parameter setting screen.

Figure 5-10 Plant

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 100
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Tap target parameters. On the displayed screen, enter or select relevant
information.
NOTE

The plant parameters that are manually entered must not contain any special character,
such as <>:,`'?()#&\$|%+;~^" in the English half-width status.

----End

5.3.2.3 Setting Revenue Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > User param. > Currency to access the parameter setting
screen.

Figure 5-11 Gain

----End

5.3.3 Maintenance

5.3.3.1 System Maintenance

Context
A common user can choose Maintenance to change only the SmartLogger
password.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Change Password to access the password change screen.

Figure 5-12 Changing a password

Step 2 Type the old password, new password, and confirmation password. Tap OK.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 101
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains 6–20 characters.
● Contains at least two of the three types: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and digits.

----End

5.3.3.2 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 5-13 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Figure 5-14 Problem record

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 102
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.
Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

5.3.3.3 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 5-15 Help 1

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

Figure 5-16 Help 2

----End

5.3.3.4 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version,
software version, technical support website, privacy policy (displayed only on the
SUN2000 app), customer service contact information, and open source software
policy.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 103
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version, software version, and
technical support website.

Figure 5-17 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

5.3.4 Device Monitoring

5.3.4.1 Query
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Monitor to access the device monitoring screen.

Figure 5-18 Device monitoring

Step 2 Select a target device to access the function menu screen of the device.
Step 3 Tap Alarm, Running Info., Energy Yield, or About to view the alarms, running
information, energy yield, and version information about the device.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 104
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

● The displayed information varies according to the device type.

● The SmartLogger can connect to third-party devices that support the Modbus-RTU
protocol, such as the box-type transformer and EMI. The SmartLogger cannot
automatically search user-defined devices. You need to manually add them.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a maximum of five types of user-defined devices and
can connect to multiple devices of the same type.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a third-party device that supports IEC103, such as a
relay protection or monitoring device like a box-type transformer. The SmartLogger
cannot automatically search IEC103 devices. You need to manually add them.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a maximum of five types of IEC103 devices and can
connect to multiple devices of the same type.

----End

5.3.4.2 Maintenance

Context
Common users can maintain only a solar inverter. They manually send commands
to start or shut down the solar inverter.

Procedure
Step 1 Tap SUN2000 on the Monitor screen and select the target device to access the
function menu screen of the solar inverter.

Figure 5-19 Maintenance

Step 2 Tap Maintenance.

Step 3 Tap next to Power on or Power off to perform the operation.

NOTE

Tap Performance Data to view the performance data curve of the solar inverter.

Step 4 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.4 Screen Operations (Advanced User)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 105
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the active power and energy yield of the
connected solar inverters on the home screen.

Figure 5-20 Home

Step 2 Tap Alarm management or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical
alarms, and running information.
You can view the following information on the alarm management screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.
● Select the alarms that can be manually cleared, and tap Delete on the right
of the alarm to manually clear the alarms.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 106
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.2 Device Monitoring

An advanced user can tap Device Monitor to query the running information and
alarms about the SmartLogger and the devices connected to it, set parameters,
and send commands.

5.4.2.1 Query
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Device Monitor to access the device monitoring screen.

Figure 5-21 Device monitoring

Step 2 Select a target device to access the function menu screen of the device.

Step 3 Tap Alarm, Running Info., Energy Yield, or About to view the alarms, running
information, energy yield, and version information about the device.
NOTE

● The displayed information varies according to the device type.

● The SmartLogger can connect to third-party devices that support the Modbus-RTU
protocol, such as the box-type transformer and EMI. The SmartLogger cannot
automatically search user-defined devices. You need to manually add them.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a maximum of five types of user-defined devices and
can connect to multiple devices of the same type.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a third-party device that supports IEC103, such as a
relay protection or monitoring device like a box-type transformer. The SmartLogger
cannot automatically search IEC103 devices. You need to manually add them.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a maximum of five types of IEC103 devices and can
connect to multiple devices of the same type.

----End

5.4.2.2 Settings

Context
An advanced user can set solar inverter parameters, MBUS parameters, PID
Module parameters and DL/T645 parameters.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 107
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Procedure
Step 1 On the Device Monitor screen, select the target device to access the function
menu screen of the solar inverter.

Step 2 Tap Settings to access the settings screen.

Step 3 Set parameters as required.

NOTE

For Setting MBUS Parameters, set Anti-crosstalk to Enable to make devices in the anti-
crosstalk list take effect.

----End

5.4.2.3 Maintenance

5.4.2.3.1 Log Download

Context
An advanced user can download only the logs of the SmartLogger, solar inverter,
MBUS, and PID module.

Procedure
Step 1 Select a device on the Device Monitor screen to access the function menu screen
of the device.

Step 2 Tap Device Logs to access the log download screen.

Step 3 Download log files as required.

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huanwei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to "Setting a File Save Path".
● The downloaded solar inverter logs are saved at the Device Log directory in File
Manager in your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for
checking.

----End

5.4.2.3.2 Solar Inverter Maintenance

Procedure
Step 1 Tap SUN2000 on the Device Monitor screen and select the target device to access
the function menu screen of the solar inverter.

Step 2 Tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 3 Tap next to Power on, Power off, AFCI self-check, or Reset.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 108
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

● AFCI self-check is available only for the solar inverter model marked with -US.
● Tap License Management or Performance Data to view the certificate information and
performance data curve of the solar inverter.

Step 4 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.4.2.3.3 MBUS Maintenance

Procedure
Step 1 Tap MBUS on the Device Monitor screen and select the target device to access
the function menu screen of the MBUS.

Step 2 Tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 3 Tap next to Search STA Again and search for the STA list again as prompted.

Step 4 Tap next to MBUS reset and reset the MBUS as prompted.

Step 5 Tap Anti-crosstalk list to synchronize, import, or export the list.

----End

5.4.2.3.4 PID Module Maintenance

Procedure
Step 1 Tap PID on the Device Monitor screen and select the target device to access the
function menu screen of the PID module.

Step 2 Tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 3 Tap next to Power on, Power off, or Data clear as required.
NOTE

● If you clear data, active and historical alarms stored on the PID module will all be
cleared.
● Tap Performance Data to view the performance data curve of the PID module.

Step 4 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.4.3 Maintenance

5.4.3.1 System Maintenance

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 109
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.3.1.1 Changing a User Password

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Change Password to access the password change screen.

Figure 5-22 System Maintenance

NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains 6–20 characters.
● Contains at least two of the following types: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and
digits.

----End

5.4.3.1.2 Offline Configuration

You can import the offline configuration files to the SmartLogger over the app.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 110
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Offline configuration to perform offline configuration.

Figure 5-23 System Maintenance

----End

NOTE

After the configuration file is imported, choose Latest Status to view the import status of
the last offline configuration file and choose Enable offline config to import other offline
configuration files.

5.4.3.1.3 Resetting the System

Context
After the system resets, the SmartLogger restarts.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Reset. A dialog box for resetting the system is displayed.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 111
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-24 System Maintenance

Step 2 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.4.3.1.4 Clearing Data

Context
Clear data if the SmartLogger is relocated and its historical data needs to be
deleted.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 112
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTICE

● After you perform Clear Data, electric energy yield data, performance data,
and alarms are cleared from the SmartLogger.
● After you perform Clear Data, the devices connected to the SmartLogger are
not removed. If the original device will no longer connect to the SmartLogger,
remove the device.
● If you perform Clear Data on the SmartLogger, you also have to perform Reset
Alarms on the NMS. Otherwise, the alarm information collected by the NMS
and SmartLogger will be different.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Clear Data. A dialog box for clearing data is displayed.

Figure 5-25 System Maintenance

Step 2 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.
----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 113
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.3.1.5 Importing and Exporting All Files

If the SmartLogger needs to be replaced, you can export the files before the
replacement and then import the files of the new SmartLogger to ensure data
integrity.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Import all files (or Export all files) to import or export
all files.

Figure 5-26 System Maintenance

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 114
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.3.1.6 Restoring Factory Settings

Context

NOTICE

Perform this operation with caution because all configured parameters except the
current date, time, baud rate, and address will be restored to their factory default
values. This operation will not affect operating information, alarm records, or
system logs.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Restore factory settings. The Restore factory dialog box
is displayed.

Figure 5-27 System Maintenance

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 115
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.4.3.2 Solar Inverter Inspection

Context
After a solar inverter is put into use, it should be inspected periodically to detect
any potential risks and problems.

Procedure
Step 1 Tap Maintenance > Inverter Inspect to access the inspection screen.

Step 2 Select Inspection method and Inspection type, tap Next.

Figure 5-28 Inspection method

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 116
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-29 Inspection type

Step 3 Select Inspection type and tap Next in the upper-right corner of the screen to
start inspection.

Figure 5-30 Select device

Step 4 An inspection file is generated after the inspection is complete.

NOTE

By default, the inspection file is saved in Android/data/com.huanwei.smartpvms/files/

inverterapp in the phone memory. You can change the log save path by referring to Setting
a File Save Path.

----End

5.4.3.3 Device Management

5.4.3.3.1 Changing a Device Name

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Step 2 Tap a device name to change it.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 117
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-31 Changing a device name

NOTE

The name of the SmartLogger cannot be changed.

----End

5.4.3.3.2 Deleting Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 2 Hold down a device name, select the devices to be deleted, and tap Batch delete
to delete them.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 118
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-32 Deleting devices

NOTE

Deleted devices are not displayed on the Monitor screen.

----End

5.4.3.3.3 Automatically Searching for Devices

Context
The SmartLogger can automatically detect and connect to devices.
The EMI, power meter, slave SmartLogger, and third-party devices cannot be
automatically detected. You need to add them manually. For details, see 5.4.3.3.4
Manually Adding a Device.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 119
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-33 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Automatically searching for devices

----End

5.4.3.3.4 Manually Adding a Device

Context
The EMI, power meter, slave SmartLogger, and third-party devices cannot be
automatically detected. You need to add them manually.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-34 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Add Device and set device parameters.
NOTE

● Comm. Protocol is set to Modbus RTU by default. If you need to modify it, refer to
5.4.4.5 Setting RS485 Parameters.
● Before adding the EMI or power meter manually, set the EMI or power meter
parameters. For details, see SmartLogger3000 User Manual , SmartLogger2000 User
Manual or SmartLogger1000A User Manual.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 120
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.3.3.5 Automatically Allocating Addresses

Context
The SmartLogger can automatically allocate addresses to the connected devices
and adjust the addresses based on device sequence numbers.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-35 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.

Step 3 Tap Auto Assign Address.

----End

5.4.3.3.6 Importing Configuration

Prerequisites
The name extension of the file to be imported must be .cfg. Otherwise, the file
will be unavailable.
● The file to be imported is stored in the memory or SD card of the mobile
phone.

Context
When connecting to a user-defined device or the IEC103 device, import a
configuration file and add a device manually. Then, the device can be queried on
the Monitor screen.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 121
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-36 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Import Config to import the .cfg file.

----End

5.4.3.3.7 Exporting Configuration

Context
After connecting to a third-party device, you can choose Export Config to view its
configuration file.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-37 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Export Config.

----End

5.4.3.3.8 Resetting Alarms

Context
● If you reset alarms, all the active and historical alarms of the selected device
are deleted and the SmartLogger starts to collect new alarm data.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 122
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

● If data is deleted for a solar inverter, you must reset alarms on the
SmartLogger and the NMS; otherwise, the SmartLogger cannot collect new
alarm data from the solar inverter.
● If alarms are reset on the SmartLogger, you must reset alarms on the NMS;
otherwise, the NMS cannot obtain the new alarm data collected by the
SmartLogger from the solar inverter.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-38 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Reset Alarms and select a device on the Reset Alarms screen.
Step 4 Tap OK.

----End

5.4.3.3.9 Starting, Shutting down, and Resetting Solar Inverters in Batches

Context
Batch control operations allow the SmartLogger to start, shut down, and reset the
connected solar inverters in batches. The solar inverters automatically restart after
reset.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 123
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-39 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Batch Control.
Step 4 Tap Batch startup, Batch shutdown, or Batch reset, enter the app login
password, and tap OK.

----End

5.4.3.3.10 Setting Access Parameter

Context
Before connecting a device to the SmartLogger, configure access parameters
correctly.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-40 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Access Param. to access the settings screen.
NOTE

If the SmartLogger communicates with the solar inverter over the MBUS, set Embedded
MBUS enable to Enable.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 124
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.3.4 Managing the Device List

Context
On the device list screen, you can choose Export Device Info > Edit Device Info
File > Import Device Info to modify device information in the information file.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device List to access the device list screen.

Figure 5-41 Device List

Step 2 Tap Export Device Info to export the device information file.
NOTE

The exported device information file is in .csv format.

Step 3 Tap Edit Device Info File to modify the device information file.
1. In the path where the device information file is exported, tap the
exported .csv file to access the screen for modifying the file.
2. Tap a parameter to be modified and enter or select target information.
3. After all modifications, tap Save in the upper-right corner of the screen.

Step 4 Tap Import Device Info to import the modified device information file to the
SmartLogger.

----End

5.4.3.5 Exporting Device Logs

Prerequisites
A USB flash drive has been inserted into the USB port on the SmartLogger.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device logs to access the device log screen.

Step 2 Tap in the upper-right corner of the screen, select a device whose logs are to
be exported, and tap Next.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 125
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-42 Exporting device logs

Step 3 Select the types of logs to be exported and tap OK to start exporting device logs.
NOTE

The downloaded device logs are saved at the storage path of the USB flash drive.

----End

5.4.3.6 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package with the help of the supplier or
Huawei engineers. After the downloading is complete, use the digital
certificate and verification tool available at Huawei technical support website
to verify the digital signature of the software package.
a. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
b. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
● Insert the USB flash drive where the upgrade package is saved into the USB
port on the SmartLogger.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Upgrade to access the device upgrade screen.

Figure 5-43 Device upgrade

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 126
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Tap in the upper-right corner, select a single device or devices of the same
type, and tap Next.

Step 3 Select the upgrade package and tap Next.

Step 4 Confirm the upgrade package and the device to be upgraded, and tap Finish to
start upgrading the device.

----End

5.4.3.7 Spot-Checking Solar Inverters

Context
You can perform spot-check for the solar inverter whose Grid Code is Japan
standard.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Inverter Spot to access the solar inverter spot-check
screen.

Figure 5-44 Inverter spot

Step 2 (Optional) Tap in the upper-right corner of the Inverter Spot screen, select
Sel Ana Para, and tap Finish to set analog parameters.
NOTE

After the parameters on the Sel Analog Para screen are set, the analog parameters and
their values are displayed on the solar inverter spot-check screen. You can also tap Sel
Device to set parameters when the solar inverters are being spot-checked.

Step 3 Tap in the upper-right corner of the Inverter Spot screen and select Sel
Device to access the Sel Device screen.

Step 4 Select one or more devices to be spot-checked, and then tap Finish to start spot-
check.

----End

5.4.3.8 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 127
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 5-45 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Figure 5-46 Problem record

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.

Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 128
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.3.9 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 5-47 Help 1

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

Figure 5-48 Help 2

----End

5.4.3.10 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version,
software version, technical support website, privacy policy (displayed only on the
SUN2000 app), customer service contact information, and open source software
policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 129
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version, software version, and
technical support website.

Figure 5-49 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

5.4.4 Settings
An advanced user can choose Settings to access the settings screen and set the
user parameters, communications parameters, extended parameters, and file save
path for the SmartLogger.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 130
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-50 Settings (advanced user)

NOTE

Only the SmartLogger1000A/SmartLogge3000 supports Mobile Data (4G/3G/2G) and

WLAN settings.

5.4.4.1 Setting the System Date and Time

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > User param. > Date&Time to set the date and time.

Figure 5-51 Date&Time screen

Step 2 Set the date and time based on the region where the SmartLogger is located.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 131
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

For a solar inverter that supports DST, if an advanced user enables DST, a common user can
view DST data. The displayed parameters are for reference only.

----End

5.4.4.2 Setting Plant Information

Step 1 Choose Settings > User param. > Plant to access the parameter setting screen.

Figure 5-52 Plant

Step 2 Tap target parameters. On the displayed screen, enter or select relevant
information.
NOTE

The plant parameters that are manually entered must not contain any special character,
such as <>:,`'?()#&\$|%+;~^" in the English half-width status.

----End

5.4.4.3 Setting Revenue Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > User param. > Revenue to access the parameter setting
screen.

Figure 5-53 Gain

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 132
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.4.4 Setting Ethernet Parameters

Context
Set Ethernet parameters to ensure proper operation of Ethernet ports and
functions of logging in to the embedded WebUI of the SmartLogger, connecting to
the NMS, and sending emails.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Comm. Param. > Ethernet to access the Ethernet parameter
setting screen.

Step 2 Tap target parameters. On the displayed screen, enter relevant information.

NOTICE

If the SmartLogger connects to the Internet through a router, note the following
when setting Ethernet parameters:
● Set the NMS address to the IP address of the router.
● Ensure that the IP address of the SmartLogger is in the same network segment
as the NMS address.
● Set the domain name server (DNS) address to the IP address of the router or
obtain the DNS address from the network provider.
● After the IP address is changed, you need to use the new IP address to log in to
the system.
● When DHCP is enabled, the IP address cannot be set.

----End

5.4.4.5 Setting RS485 Parameters

Context
Set RS485 parameters to ensure normal communication between the SmartLogger
and devices such as the SUN2000, EMI, and power meter.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Comm. Param. > RS485 to access the parameter setting
screen.

Step 2 Select a port from COM1 to COM6.

Use the settings of COM1 as an example.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 133
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-54 COM1

NOTE

● COM1 to COM6 correspond to communications ports COM1–COM3

(SmartLogger1000A and SmartLogger3000) or COM1–COM6 (SmartLogger2000). The
default baud rate is 9600 bit/s.
● The SmartLogger3000 expansion module corresponds to communication ports
M1.COM1~M1.COM3.
● Set the protocol supported by the RS485 port based on either the protocol supported by
the connected device or the status of the device in the network. When the SmartLogger
serves as a slave node to interconnect with a third-party device over Modbus-RTU, set
Protocol to Modbus-Slave. When the connected solar inverter performs rapid power
grid scheduling using both MBUS and RS485, set Protocol to Modbus-Control.
● Parity, Protocol, and Stop bit must be set to the same values for all devices connected
to the same RS485 port.
● The baud rate for the RS485 ports of the SmartLogger must be the same as the baud
rate for the device that communicates with the SmartLogger.
● 1 ≤ Start address ≤ End address ≤ 247. The address range of the ports can overlap. Set
the address range as required. A larger address range requires a longer searching time.
The start and end addresses have no impact on the devices that have been connected.

Step 3 On the RS485 screen, tap Night Communication Settings to set the parameters
for communication at night.

----End

5.4.4.6 Setting Modbus-RTU Power Meter Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Comm. Param. > Power Meter to access the parameter setting
screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 134
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-55 Power Meter

Step 2 Tap target parameters. On the displayed screen, enter relevant information.

----End

5.4.4.7 Setting Management System Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Comm. Param. > Management System to access the
parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 135
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-56 Management system

NOTE

● Set Server to the IP address or domain name of the NMS server.

● When the SmartLogger connects to the Huawei NMS, retain the default value 27250 for
Port number. When the SmartLogger connects to a third-party NMS, set Port number
according to the server port enabled in the third-party NMS.
● In most cases, set Address mode to Physical address. In this mode, addresses of
devices connected to each RS485 port cannot be duplicate. If the devices connected to
the six RS485 ports of the SmartLogger have duplicate addresses, set Address mode to
Logical address.
● If TLS encryption is set to , data will be transmitted without being encrypted,
which may pose security risks. Therefore, exercise caution when setting this parameter.
● If Secondary challenge authentication is set to , the result of the second
challenge authentication is not checked, which may pose security risks. Therefore,
exercise caution when setting this parameter.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 136
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.4.8 Setting Modbus TCP Parameters

Context
Set Modbus-TCP parameters correctly to ensure normal communication between
the SmartLogger and a third-party NMS.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Comm. Param. > Modbus TCP to access the parameter setting
screen.

Figure 5-57 Modbus TCP

NOTE

● Modbus TCP is a universal standard protocol used to connect to a third-party

management system. Because there is no security authentication mechanism, data
transmitted by Modbus TCP is not encrypted. To reduce network security risks, the
function of connecting to a third-party management system using Modbus TCP is
disabled by default. This protocol can transmit the running data and control commands
of PV plants, which may cause user data breach and control permission theft. Therefore,
exercise caution when using this protocol. Users are liable for any loss caused by the use
of this protocol to connect to a third-party management system (non-secure protocol).
Users are advised to take measures at the PV plant level to reduce security risks, or use
Huawei management system to mitigate the risks.
● If the devices connected to the six RS485 ports of the SmartLogger have duplicate
addresses, set Address mode to Logical address.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 137
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.4.9 Setting IEC103 Device Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Comm. Param. > IEC103 to access the parameter setting
screen.

Figure 5-58 IEC103

Step 2 Tap target parameters. On the displayed screen, enter relevant information.

----End

5.4.4.10 Setting IEC104 Device Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Comm. Param. > IEC104 to access the parameter setting
screen.

Figure 5-59 IEC104

Step 2 Tap target parameters. On the displayed screen, enter relevant information.
NOTE

● IEC104 is a universal standard protocol used to connect to a third-party management

system. Because there is no security authentication mechanism, data transmitted by
IEC104 is not encrypted. To reduce network security risks, the function of connecting to
a third-party management system using IEC104 is disabled by default. This protocol can
transmit the running data and control commands of PV plants, which may cause user
data breach and control permission theft. Therefore, exercise caution when using this
protocol. Users are liable for any loss caused by the use of this protocol to connect to a
third-party management system (non-secure protocol). Users are advised to take
measures at the PV plant level to reduce security risks, or use Huawei management
system to mitigate the risks.
● You can set the IP whitelist after Linking setting on the Basic parameters screen is
enabled.
● On the Transfer table config screen, you can set teleindication and telemetry signals
for devices.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 138
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.4.4.11 Remotely Shutting Down Solar Inverters in Dry Contact Mode

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Extended Param. > Dry contact remote shutdown. On the
displayed screen, set parameters to remotely shut down solar inverters in dry
contact mode.

Figure 5-60 Remotely shutting down solar inverters in dry contact mode

----End

5.4.4.12 Setting FTP Parameters

Context
The FTP function is used to access a third-party NMS. The SmartLogger can report
the configuration information and running data of the managed plant system
through FTP. The third-party NMS can access Huawei devices with proper
configurations.

NOTE

FTP is a universal standard protocol without any security authentication mechanism. Data
transmitted by FTP is not encrypted. To reduce network security risks, the IP address of the
connected third-party FTP server is left blank by default. This protocol can transmit the
running data of PV plants, which may cause user data breach. Therefore, exercise caution
when using this protocol. Users are liable for any loss caused by the enabling of the FTP
protocol (non-secure protocol). Users are advised to take measures at the PV plant level to
reduce security risks, or use Huawei management system to mitigate the risks

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Extended Param. > FTP to access the parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 139
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-61 FTP

NOTE

● Perform Test transmission to check whether the SmartLogger can report data to the
FTP server.
● Set FTP server to the domain name or IP address of the FTP server. If FTP server is set
to the domain name of the FTP server, ensure that the address of the DNS server is set
correctly.
● Set User name and Password for logging in to the FTP server.
● Set Remote directory to create a subdirectory of the same name under the default path
for uploading data.
● If Data export is enabled, you can set the SmartLogger to report data regularly or at a
specified time. Data reported at a specified time is all data, whose file name remains
the same for a whole day. You can choose all data or incremental data to be reported
regularly.

----End

5.4.4.13 Setting Email Parameters

Context
The SmartLogger can send emails to inform users of the current energy yield
information, alarm information, and device status of the power plant system,
helping users know the running status of the power plant system in time.
When using this function, ensure that the SmartLogger can connect to the
configured email server and the Ethernet parameters and email parameters are
correctly set for the SmartLogger.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Extended Param. > Email to access the parameter setting
screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 140
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-62 Email

NOTE

● You can tap Send test email to check whether the SmartLogger can successfully send
emails to users.
● You can set SMTP server to the domain name or IP address of the SMTP server. If it is
set to the domain name of the SMTP server, ensure that the address of the DNS server
is set correctly.
● Set User name and Password for logging in to the SMTP server.
● Send address indicates the sender's email address. Ensure that the sender's email server
is the same as the server specified by SMTP server.

----End

5.4.4.14 Setting a File Save Path

Prerequisites
This function is available only on the Android system.

Context
You can modify the save path for logs of devices connected to the SmartLogger
and export logs from the path.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Path Settings > File save path to access the screen for setting
a file save path.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 141
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-63 Setting a file save path

Step 2 Tap File save path to set a file save path.

----End

5.4.5 Power adjustment

5.4.5.1 Active Power Control

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Power adjustment > Active Power Control to access the Active Power
Control screen.

Step 2 Tap Active power control mode to set the active power control mode.

Figure 5-64 Active power control

----End

5.4.5.2 Setting Reactive Power Control

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Power adjustment > Reactive Power control to access
the parameter setting screen.

Step 2 Tap Reactive power control mode to set the active power control mode.

----End

5.5 Screen Operations (Special User)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 142
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the active power and energy yield of the
connected solar inverters on the home screen.

Figure 5-65 Home

Step 2 Tap Alarm management or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical
alarms, and running information.
You can view the following information on the alarm management screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.
● Select the alarms that can be manually cleared, and tap Delete on the right
of the alarm to manually clear the alarms.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 143
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.2 Device Monitoring

A special user can tap Monitor to query the running information and alarms
about the SmartLogger and the devices connected to it, set parameters, and send
commands.

5.5.2.1 Query
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Monitor to access the device monitoring screen.

Figure 5-66 Device monitoring

Step 2 Select a target device to access the function menu screen of the device.
Step 3 Tap Alarm, Running Info., Energy Yield, or About to view the alarms, running
information, energy yield, and version information about the device.
NOTE

● The displayed information varies according to the device type.

● The SmartLogger can connect to third-party devices that support the Modbus-RTU
protocol, such as the box-type transformer and EMI. The SmartLogger cannot
automatically search user-defined devices. You need to manually add them.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a maximum of five types of user-defined devices and
can connect to multiple devices of the same type.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a third-party device that supports IEC103, such as a
relay protection or monitoring device like a box-type transformer. The SmartLogger
cannot automatically search IEC103 devices. You need to manually add them.
● The SmartLogger can connect to a maximum of five types of IEC103 devices and can
connect to multiple devices of the same type.

----End

5.5.2.2 Settings

Context
An advanced user can set only the running parameters of solar inverters.

Procedure
Step 1 Tap SUN2000 on the Monitor screen and select the target device to access the
function menu screen of the solar inverter.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 144
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Tap Settings to access the settings screen.

Step 3 Set parameters as required.

Step 4 (Optional) Select parameters as required and tap Batch set to set running
parameters for multiple solar inverters of the same series.

----End

5.5.2.3 Maintenance

5.5.2.3.1 Log Download

Context
An advanced user can download only the logs of the SmartLogger, solar inverter,
MBUS, and PID module.

Procedure
Step 1 Select a device on the Monitor screen to access the function menu screen of the
device.

Step 2 Tap Device Logs to access the log download screen.

Step 3 Download log files as required.

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huanwei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to "Setting a File Save Path".
● The downloaded solar inverter logs are saved at the Device Log directory in File
Manager in your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for
checking.

----End

5.5.2.3.2 Solar Inverter Maintenance

Procedure
Step 1 Tap SUN2000 on the Monitor screen and select the target device to access the
function menu screen of the solar inverter.

Step 2 Tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 3 Tap next to Power on or Power off to perform the operation.

NOTE

Tap Performance Data to view the performance data curve of the solar inverter.

Step 4 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 145
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.3 Maintenance

5.5.3.1 System Maintenance

You can choose Maintenance to change the SmartLogger password and reset the
system.

5.5.3.1.1 Changing a User Password

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Change Password to access the password change screen.

Figure 5-67 Change Password

NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains 6–20 characters.
● Contains at least two of the following types: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and
digits.

----End

5.5.3.1.2 Resetting the System

Context
After the system resets, the SmartLogger restarts.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Reset. A dialog box for resetting the system is displayed.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 146
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-68 Reset

Step 2 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.5.3.1.3 Clearing Data

Context
Clear data if the SmartLogger is relocated and its historical data needs to be
deleted.

NOTICE

● After you perform Clear Data, electric energy yield data, performance data,
and alarms are cleared from the SmartLogger.
● After you perform Clear Data, the devices connected to the SmartLogger are
not removed. If the original device will no longer connect to the SmartLogger,
remove the device.
● If you perform Clear Data on the SmartLogger, you also have to perform Reset
Alarms on the NMS. Otherwise, the alarm information collected by the NMS
and SmartLogger will be different.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Clear Data. A dialog box for clearing data is displayed.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 147
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-69 System Maintenance

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 148
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.5.3.1.4 Restoring Factory Settings

Context

NOTICE

Perform this operation with caution because all configured parameters except the
current date, time, baud rate, and address will be restored to their factory default
values. This operation will not affect operating information, alarm records, or
system logs.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Restore factory settings. The Restore factory dialog box
is displayed.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 149
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-70 System Maintenance

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 150
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

5.5.3.2 Device Inspection

Context
After a solar inverter is put into use, it should be inspected periodically to detect
any potential risks and problems.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Inspection to access the inspection
screen.

Figure 5-71 Device inspection

Step 2 Choose Inspection type, tap in the upper-right corner of the screen to start
solar inverter inspection.

Figure 5-72 Inverter Inspect

----End

5.5.3.3 Device Management

You can choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt to manage all devices connected to
the SmartLogger.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 151
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.3.3.1 Changing a Device Name

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 2 Tap a device name to change it.

Figure 5-73 Changing a device name

NOTE

The name of the SmartLogger cannot be changed.

----End

5.5.3.3.2 Deleting Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 2 Hold down a device name, select the devices to be deleted, and tap Batch delete
to delete them.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 152
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-74 Deleting devices

NOTE

Deleted devices are not displayed on the Monitor screen.

----End

5.5.3.3.3 Automatically Searching for Devices

Context
The SmartLogger can automatically detect and connect to devices.
The EMI, power meter, slave SmartLogger, and third-party devices cannot be
automatically detected. You need to add them manually. For details, see 5.5.3.3.4
Manually Adding a Device.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 153
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-75 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Automatically searching for devices

----End

5.5.3.3.4 Manually Adding a Device

Context
The EMI, power meter, slave SmartLogger, and third-party devices cannot be
automatically detected. You need to add them manually.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-76 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Add Device and set device parameters.
NOTE

● Comm. Protocol is set to Modbus RTU by default. If you need to modify it, refer to
5.5.4.1 Setting RS485 Parameters.
● Before adding the EMI or power meter manually, set the EMI or power meter
parameters. For details, see SmartLogger3000 User Manual , SmartLogger2000 User
Manual or SmartLogger1000A User Manual.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 154
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.3.3.5 Automatically Allocating Addresses

Context
The SmartLogger can automatically allocate addresses to the connected devices
and adjust the addresses based on device sequence numbers.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-77 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.

Step 3 Tap Auto Assign Address.

----End

5.5.3.3.6 Importing Configuration

Prerequisites
The name extension of the file to be imported must be .cfg. Otherwise, the file
will be unavailable.
● The file to be imported is stored in the memory or SD card of the mobile
phone.

Context
When connecting to a user-defined device or the IEC103 device, import a
configuration file and add a device manually. Then, the device can be queried on
the Monitor screen.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 155
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-78 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Import Config to import the .cfg file.

----End

5.5.3.3.7 Exporting Configuration

Context
After connecting to a third-party device, you can choose Export Config to view its
configuration file.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-79 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Export Config.

----End

5.5.3.3.8 Resetting Alarms

Context
● If you reset alarms, all the active and historical alarms of the selected device
are deleted and the SmartLogger starts to collect new alarm data.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 156
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

● If data is deleted for a solar inverter, you must reset alarms on the
SmartLogger and the NMS; otherwise, the SmartLogger cannot collect new
alarm data from the solar inverter.
● If alarms are reset on the SmartLogger, you must reset alarms on the NMS;
otherwise, the NMS cannot obtain the new alarm data collected by the
SmartLogger from the solar inverter.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-80 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Reset Alarms and select a device on the Reset Alarms screen.
Step 4 Tap OK.

----End

5.5.3.3.9 Starting, Shutting down, and Resetting Solar Inverters in Batches

Context
Batch control operations allow the SmartLogger to start, shut down, and reset the
connected solar inverters in batches. The solar inverters automatically restart after
reset.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 157
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-81 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Batch Control.
Step 4 Tap Batch startup, Batch shutdown, or Batch reset, enter the app login
password, and tap OK.

----End

5.5.3.3.10 Setting Access Parameter

Context
Before connecting a device to the SmartLogger, configure access parameters
correctly.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Mgmt. to access the Device Mgmt. screen.

Figure 5-82 Device management

Step 2 Tap the drop-down list in the upper-right corner of the Device Mgmt. screen.
Step 3 Tap Access Param. to access the settings screen.
NOTE

If the SmartLogger communicates with the solar inverter over the MBUS, set Embedded
MBUS enable to Enable.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 158
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.3.4 Managing the Device List

Context
On the device list screen, you can choose Export Device Info > Edit Device Info
File > Import Device Info to modify device information in the information file.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device List to access the device list screen.

Figure 5-83 Device List

Step 2 Tap Export Device Info to export the device information file.
NOTE

The exported device information file is in .csv format.

Step 3 Tap Edit Device Info File to modify the device information file.
1. In the path where the device information file is exported, tap the
exported .csv file to access the screen for modifying the file.
2. Tap a parameter to be modified and enter or select target information.
3. After all modifications, tap Save in the upper-right corner of the screen.

Step 4 Tap Import Device Info to import the modified device information file to the
SmartLogger.

----End

5.5.3.5 Exporting Device Logs

Prerequisites
A USB flash drive has been inserted into the USB port on the SmartLogger.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device logs to access the device log screen.

Step 2 Tap in the upper-right corner of the screen, select a device whose logs are to
be exported, and tap Next.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 159
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Figure 5-84 Exporting device logs

Step 3 Select the types of logs to be exported and tap OK to start exporting device logs.
NOTE

The downloaded device logs are saved at the storage path of the USB flash drive.

----End

5.5.3.6 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package with the help of the supplier or
Huawei engineers. After the downloading is complete, use the digital
certificate and verification tool available at Huawei technical support website
to verify the digital signature of the software package.
a. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
b. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
● Insert the USB flash drive where the upgrade package is saved into the USB
port on the SmartLogger.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Upgrade to access the device upgrade screen.

Figure 5-85 Device upgrade

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 160
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Step 2 Tap in the upper-right corner, select a single device or devices of the same
type, and tap Next.

Step 3 Select the upgrade package and tap Next.

Step 4 Confirm the upgrade package and the device to be upgraded, and tap Finish to
start upgrading the device.

----End

5.5.3.7 Spot-Checking Solar Inverters

Context
You can perform spot-check for the solar inverter whose Grid Code is Japan
standard.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Inverter Spot to access the solar inverter spot-check
screen.

Figure 5-86 Inverter spot

Step 2 (Optional) Tap in the upper-right corner of the Inverter Spot screen, select
Sel Ana Para, and tap Finish to set analog parameters.
NOTE

After the parameters on the Sel Analog Para screen are set, the analog parameters and
their values are displayed on the solar inverter spot-check screen. You can also tap Sel
Device to set parameters when the solar inverters are being spot-checked.

Step 3 Tap in the upper-right corner of the Inverter Spot screen and select Sel
Device to access the Sel Device screen.

Step 4 Select one or more devices to be spot-checked, and then tap Finish to start spot-
check.

----End

5.5.3.8 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 161
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 5-87 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Figure 5-88 Problem record

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.

Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 162
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.3.9 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 5-89 Help 1

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

Figure 5-90 Help 2

----End

5.5.3.10 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version,
software version, technical support website, privacy policy (displayed only on the
SUN2000 app), customer service contact information, and open source software
policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 163
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version, software version, and
technical support website.

Figure 5-91 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.
----End

5.5.4 Settings

5.5.4.1 Setting RS485 Parameters

Context
Set RS485 parameters to ensure normal communication between the SmartLogger
and devices such as the SUN2000, EMI, and power meter.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > RS485 to access the parameter setting screen.
Step 2 Select a port from COM1 to COM6.
Use the settings of COM1 as an example.

Figure 5-92 COM1

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 164
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

NOTE

● COM1 to COM6 correspond to communications ports COM1–COM3

(SmartLogger1000A and SmartLogger3000) or COM1–COM6 (SmartLogger2000). The
default baud rate is 9600 bit/s.
● Set the protocol supported by the RS485 port based on either the protocol supported by
the connected device or the status of the device in the network. When the SmartLogger
serves as a slave node to interconnect with a third-party device over Modbus-RTU, set
Protocol to Modbus-Slave. When the connected solar inverter performs rapid power
grid scheduling using both MBUS and RS485, set Protocol to Modbus-Control.
● Parity, Protocol, and Stop bit must be set to the same values for all devices connected
to the same RS485 port.
● The baud rate for the RS485 ports of the SmartLogger must be the same as the baud
rate for the device that communicates with the SmartLogger.
● 1 ≤ Start address ≤ End address ≤ 247. The address range of the ports can overlap. Set
the address range as required. A larger address range requires a longer searching time.
The start and end addresses have no impact on the devices that have been connected.

Step 3 On the RS485 screen, tap Night Communication Settings to set the parameters
for communication at night.

----End

5.5.4.2 Setting Modbus-RTU Power Meter Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Settings > Power Meter to access the parameter setting screen.

Figure 5-93 Power Meter

Step 2 Tap target parameters. On the displayed screen, enter relevant information.

----End

5.5.5 Power adjustment

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 165
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 5 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide SmartLogger

5.5.5.1 Active Power Control

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Power adjustment > Active Power Control to access the Active Power
Control screen.
Step 2 Tap Active power control mode to set the active power control mode.

Figure 5-94 Active power control

----End

5.5.5.2 Setting Reactive Power Control

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Power adjustment > Reactive Power control to access
the parameter setting screen.
Step 2 Tap Reactive power control mode to set the active power control mode.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 166
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting

to the Smart PCS

6.1 Connection Mode

After the DC or AC side of the Smart PCS is powered on, the app can connect to
the Smart PCS through the WLAN module.

NOTICE

The USB-Adapter2000-C WLAN module is supported.

Figure 6-1 WLAN module connection

(A) Smart PCS (B) WLAN module (C) Mobile phone

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 167
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

NOTICE

● If the AC switch between the Smart PCS and the power grid is turned on, but
the external switch on the DC side of the Smart PCS is turned off, some
parameters cannot be set. Turn on the external switch on the DC side, and then
reset the parameters.
● Changing the grid code will restore some parameters to factory defaults. After
the grid code is changed, check whether the previously set parameters are
affected.
● When the Smart PCS receives a reset, shutdown, or upgrade command, it may
disconnect from the grid, affecting the energy yield.
● When the equipment is powered on for the first time, ensure that professional
personnel set parameters correctly. Incorrect settings may result in
inconsistency with local certification and affect the normal operation of the
equipment.
● Only professionals are allowed to set the grid, protection, feature, and power
adjustment parameters of the Smart PCS. If the grid, protection, and feature
parameters are set incorrectly, the Smart PCS may disconnect from the grid. If
the power adjustment parameters are set incorrectly, the Smart PCS may not
connect to the power grid as required. In these cases, the energy yield will be
affected.

NOTE

● Configurable parameters vary depending on the grid code.

● The parameter names, value ranges, and default values are subject to change. The
actual display may vary.

6.2 Login
Prerequisites
● The Smart PCS has been powered on.
● The WLAN module has been inserted into the USB port of the Smart PCS.
● The WLAN function has been enabled on your phone.
● Keep the mobile phone within 5 m from the Smart PCS. Otherwise, the
communication between them might be affected.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect to the Smart PCS.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 168
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-2 Connect

● Connection by scanning a QR code: Tap Connect. On the scanning screen,

place the QR code of the WLAN module in the scanning box to automatically
scan and connect to the device.
● Manual connection: Tap Manual connection and select a connection mode.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 169
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-3 Manual connection

– Select WLAN and connect to the corresponding hotspot in the WLAN

connection list of the app. The initial name of the WLAN hotspot is
Adapter-WLAN module SN, and the initial password is Changeme.

NOTICE

▪ Use the initial password upon the first power-on and change it
immediately after login. To ensure account security, change the
password periodically and keep the new password in mind. Your
password might be stolen or cracked if it is left unchanged for
extended periods. If a password is lost, devices cannot be accessed. In
these cases, you should be liable for any loss caused to the PV plant.

▪ If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway?

message is displayed when you connect to the built-in WLAN, tap
CONNECT. Otherwise, you cannot log in to the system. The actual UI
and messages may vary with mobile phones.

Step 2 Select a login user and enter the password.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 170
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-4 Login

NOTICE

● If the system prompts you to set a password upon the first power-on, set the
password before login.
● Ensure account security by changing the password periodically. A password left
unchanged for a long period of time may be stolen or cracked. If a password is
lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these cases, you should be liable for any
loss caused to the PV plant.
● You will be locked out for 10 minutes after five failed consecutive password
attempts at an interval not longer than two minutes.

Step 3 Log in to the app and access the main menu screen.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 171
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

6.3 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the active power and energy yield of the
Smart PCS on the home screen.

Figure 6-5 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarms or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical alarms, and
Smart PCS running information.

On the Alarms screen, you can perform the following operations:

● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe left or right on the screen or tap Active Alarms or Historical Alarms
to switch between active alarms and historical alarms.

On the Device Monitoring screen, you can perform the following operations:
● Tap Running Info to view the device running information.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 172
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

● Tap Insulation Resistance to view the insulation resistance of the device.

----End

6.4 Settings
On the home screen, tap Settings to set grid parameters, protection parameters,
feature parameters, and other parameters.

Figure 6-6 Settings

NOTICE

● The parameter ranges vary with the device model. The listed ranges are for
reference only.
● The parameter names, value ranges, and default values are subject to change.
The actual display may vary.

6.4.1 Setting Grid Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Grid parameters to access the parameter
setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 173
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-7 Grid parameters

----End

6.4.2 Setting Protection Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Protection parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 174
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-8 Protection parameters

----End

6.4.3 Setting Feature Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Feature parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 175
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-9 Feature parameters

----End

6.4.4 Setting the Time

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Time settings and set time parameters.

Figure 6-10 Time setting

----End

6.4.5 Setting a File Save Path

Prerequisites
This function is available only on the Android system.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 176
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Context
You can modify the save path for operation logs and Smart PCS logs and export
logs from the path.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > File save path to access the path setting
screen.
Step 2 Tap File save path to set the save path.

----End

6.4.6 Setting Communications Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Comm. parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Figure 6-11 Comm. parameters

----End

6.5 Maintenance
On the home screen, tap Maintenance. The installer can perform maintenance
operations on the Smart PCS, such as upgrade, inspection, power calibration, and
power-on and power-off.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 177
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-12 Maintenance

6.5.1 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package from your supplier or engineers.
After the downloading is complete, use the digital certificate and verification
tool available at Huawei technical support website to verify the digital
signature of the software package.
a. Log in to https://support.huawei.com/enterprise/en/index.html.
b. Navigate to or search for PGP Verify.
● In the Android system, the upgrade package has been copied to the app
directory Android/data/com.huawei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp on the
mobile phone. The file name extension of the upgrade package must be .zip.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 178
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Upgrade Device.

Figure 6-13 Upgrading the Smart PCS

Step 2 Access the device upgrade screen and tap Upgrade.

Step 3 Perform operations as prompted.

----End

6.5.2 Log Management

Context
Log management allows you to export operation logs, device alarms, and energy
yield information on your mobile phone.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Log Management to access the log
download screen.

Figure 6-14 Log download

Step 2 Select PCS logs or APP log.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 179
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huawei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by setting File save path.
● The downloaded logs are saved in the Device log directory in File Manager on your
mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for checking.

----End

6.5.3 Device Inspection

Context
After the Smart PCS is put into use, it needs to be inspected periodically to
eliminate potential risks and detect potential problems in a timely manner.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Inspection to access the inspection
screen.

Figure 6-15 Device inspection

Step 2 Set Inspection type and tap in the upper right corner of the screen to start
inspection for Smart PCS devices.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 180
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-16 Inspection types

----End

6.5.4 Changing the WLAN Password

Context
To ensure account security, tap Maintenance on the home screen to change the
WLAN password.

NOTE

If the communication between the app and Smart PCS is not implemented through a
WLAN connection, the Change WLAN Password screen is not displayed.

Procedure
Step 1 On the Maintenance screen, tap Change WLAN Password to access the
password change screen.

Step 2 Enter the old password, new password, and confirm password, and tap OK.
NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains 8 to 30 characters.
● Contains at least two types of lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and digits.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 181
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

6.5.5 Power-On/Off

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 2 Tap next to On/Off.

Step 3 Enter the app login password and tap OK.

----End

6.5.6 System Reset

Context
After the system is reset, the Smart PCS restarts.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Reset. The System Reset dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Enter the app login password and tap OK.

----End

6.5.7 Factory Setting Restoration

Context

NOTICE

Perform this operation with caution because all configured parameters except the
current date, time, baud rate, and address will be restored to their factory default
values. This operation will not affect operating information, alarm records, or
system logs.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 2 Tap Restore Factory Settings.

Step 3 Enter the app login password and tap OK.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 182
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

6.5.8 Alarm Clearance

Context
After alarms are reset, all active and historical alarms of the Smart PCS connected
to the app are cleared.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
Step 2 Tap Clear Alarms.
Step 3 Enter the app login password and tap OK.

----End

6.5.9 Device Name Change

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
Step 2 Tap a device name to change it.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 183
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-17 Changing a device name

----End

6.5.10 Total Energy Yield Adjustment

Context
Adjust the cumulative energy yield of the Smart PCS to ensure that the reported
energy yield is consistent with the actual energy yield absorbed by the grid-tied
point.

Procedure
1. On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
2. Tap Adjust total energy yield.
3. Enter the app login password and tap OK.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 184
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-18 Adjusting total energy yield

6.5.11 Correction of accumulated absorbed energy

Context
Adjust the cumulative absorbed energy of the Smart PCS to ensure that the
reported energy yield is consistent with the actual energy yield absorbed by the
grid-tied point.

Procedure
1. On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
2. Tap Correction of accumulated absorbed energy.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 185
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-19 Correction of accumulated absorbed energy

6.5.12 O&M via USB connection

Context
By default, the USB O&M policy is permanently enabled. After this function is
enabled, you can perform local maintenance operations such as upgrading devices
and exporting logs over the USB port.

Procedure
1. On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
2. Tap O&M via USB connection.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 186
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

6.5.13 Physical Location

If there are multiple Smart PCSs in an ESS network, you can customize the
physical location for each Smart PCS based on the installation scenario.

Procedure
1. On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
2. Tap Physical location.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 187
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-20 Physical location

6.6 Power Adjustment

Context
The installer user can set parameters such as the active power and reactive power
for the Smart PCS.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Power adjustment.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 188
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 6 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Smart PCS

Figure 6-21 Power adjustment

Step 2 Set power control parameters based on the PV plant requirements.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 189
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting

to the Central Monitoring Unit

7.1 Connection Mode

After the central monitoring unit (CMU) is powered on, it can connect to the app
over a built-in WLAN module.

7.2 Device Connection

Prerequisites
● The CMU has been powered on.
● By default, the WLAN function of the CMU is disabled when the CMU is idle.
Before connecting to the CMU, ensure that the WLAN function is enabled.
● The WLAN function has been enabled on your phone.
● Keep the mobile phone within 5 m away from the CMU. Otherwise, the
communication signal quality between the app and the CMU will be affected.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect to the CMU.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 190
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-1 Connect

● Manual connection: Tap Manual connection and select a connection mode.

● Connection by scanning a QR code: Tap Connect. On the scanning screen,
place the QR code or bar code of the device in the scanning box to
automatically scan and connect to the device.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 191
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-2 Manual connection

– Select WLAN and connect to the corresponding hotspot in the WLAN

connection list of the app. The initial name of the built-in WLAN is
Monitor_SN bar code, and the initial password is Changeme.

NOTICE

▪ Use the initial password upon the first power-on and change it
immediately after login. To ensure account security, change the
password periodically and keep the new password in mind. Your
password might be stolen or cracked if it is left unchanged for
extended periods. If a password is lost, you need to restore the device
to factory settings. In these cases, you should be liable for any loss
caused to the PV plant.

▪ If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway?

message is displayed when you connect to the built-in WLAN, tap
CONNECT. Otherwise, you cannot log in to the system. The actual UI
and messages may vary with mobile phones.

Step 2 Select a login user, enter the login password, and tap Log In.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 192
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-3 Login

NOTICE

● If the system prompts you to set a password upon the first power-on, set the
password before login.
● Ensure account security by changing password periodically. A password left
unchanged for a long period of time may be stolen or cracked. If a password is
lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these cases, you should be liable for any
loss caused to the PV plant.
● You will be locked out for 10 minutes after five failed consecutive password
attempts at an interval not longer than two minutes.

Step 3 After the login is successful, check that the home screen is displayed.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 193
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

7.3 UI Operations (user)

7.3.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the running data of the connected CMU
on the home screen.

Figure 7-4 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarm to view active alarms and historical alarms.

On the alarm management page, you can perform the following operations:

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 194
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.

● Swipe left or right on the screen or tap Active Alarms or Historical Alarms
to switch between active alarms and historical alarms.

----End

7.3.2 Device Monitoring

The user can view the device status and running status of the CMU and the
devices connected to the CMU by using Device monitoring.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Device monitoring.

Figure 7-5 Device monitoring

Step 2 Tap Overview or Detail to view the device status and running information.

Step 3 Tap Device list and select the desired device to access its main menu screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 195
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Step 4 Tap Running Info to view the running information about the device.
NOTE

The displayed information varies depending on the device model or software version. The
actual screen may vary.

----End

7.4 UI Operations (installer)

7.4.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the running data of the connected CMU
on the home screen.

Figure 7-6 Home screen

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 196
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Step 2 Tap Alarm to view active alarms and historical alarms.

On the alarm management page, you can perform the following operations:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe left or right on the screen or tap Active Alarms or Historical Alarms
to switch between active alarms and historical alarms.

----End

7.4.2 Device Monitoring

By using the Device monitoring function, the installer can view the running
information and alarms about the CMU and the devices connected to the CMU,
set parameters, and send commands.

7.4.2.1 Query
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Device monitoring.

Figure 7-7 Device monitoring

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 197
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Step 2 Tap Overview or Detail to view the device status and running information.

Step 3 Tap Device list and select the desired device to access its main menu screen.

Step 4 Tap Running Info, Maintenance, or Settings to view device running information,
maintain devices, and set device parameters, respectively.
NOTE

The displayed information varies depending on the device model or software version. The
actual screen may vary.

----End

7.4.2.2 Settings

Procedure
Step 1 On the Device monitoring screen, tap Device list and select the desired device to
access its main menu screen.

Step 2 Tap Settings to access the settings screen.

Step 3 Set parameters as required.

----End

7.4.2.3 Maintenance

Procedure
Step 1 On the Device monitoring screen, tap Device list and select the desired device to
access its main menu screen.

Step 2 Tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 3 Set parameters as required.

----End

7.4.3 Settings
On the home screen, tap Settings to set feature parameters.

NOTICE

● The parameter ranges vary with the device model. The listed ranges are for
reference only.
● The parameter names, value ranges, and default values are subject to change.
The actual display may vary.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 198
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

7.4.3.1 Setting Feature Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Feature parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Figure 7-8 Feature parameters

----End

7.4.3.2 Setting the Time

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Time settings and set time parameters.

Figure 7-9 Time setting

Table 7-1 Time setting

Parameter Setting

Time zone Specifies the time zone.

Time setting Specifies the system date and time.

----End

7.4.3.3 Setting Communications Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Comm. parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 199
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-10 Comm. parameters

Table 7-2 Communications parameter settings

Parameter Setting

RS485 Sets RS485 communications parameters.

Wired Network Sets wired network parameters.

Device WLAN Sets WLAN communication parameters.

----End

7.4.3.4 Setting Ventilation and Exhaust

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Ventilation and Exhaust.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 200
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-11 Ventilation and Exhaust

----End

7.4.3.5 Setting Environment Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Environment parameters.

Figure 7-12 Environment parameters

----End

7.4.3.6 Setting Fire Suppression

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Fire Suppression.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 201
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-13 Fire Suppression

----End

7.4.4 System Maintenance

7.4.4.1 Device Name Change

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Name and follow the onscreen instructions to set
or change the device name.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 202
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-14 Device name

----End

7.4.4.2 Device Log Export

Prerequisites
A USB flash drive has been inserted into the USB port on the CMU.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device logs to access the Log download screen.

Step 2 Tap in the upper right corner of the screen, select the device whose logs are
to be exported, and tap Next.

Step 3 Select the type of logs to be exported and tap OK to start exporting device logs.
NOTE

The successfully exported device logs are available in the storage path of the USB flash
drive.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 203
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

7.4.4.3 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package with the help of the supplier or
Huawei engineers. After the downloading is complete, use the digital
certificate and verification tool available at Huawei technical support website
to verify the digital signature of the software package.
a. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
b. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
● You have inserted the USB flash drive where the upgrade package is saved
into the USB port on the CMU.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Upgrade device.

Figure 7-15 Upgrade device

Step 2 Tap in the upper right corner of the screen, select a single device or devices
of the same type, and tap Next.

Step 3 Select the upgrade package and tap Next.

Step 4 Confirm the upgrade package and the device to be upgraded and tap Finish to
start upgrading the device.

----End

7.4.4.4 Device Management

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 204
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

7.4.4.4.1 Manually Adding a Device

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Management.

Step 2 Tap in the upper right corner of the Device Management screen.

Step 3 Tap Add Devices and set device parameters.

Figure 7-16 Add Devices

----End

7.4.4.4.2 Automatically Searching for Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Management.

Step 2 Tap in the upper right corner of the Device Management screen.

Step 3 Tap Search for device.

Figure 7-17 Search for device

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 205
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

7.4.4.4.3 Deleting a Device

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Management.

Step 2 Tap in the upper right corner of the Device Management screen.
Step 3 Tap Delete device.

Figure 7-18 Delete device

Step 4 Select the device to be deleted and tap Delete.

NOTE

Deleted devices are not displayed on the Device monitoring screen.

----End

7.4.4.5 Device Layout

Context
After the device is powered on, if an air conditioner exists in the ESS, you need to
manually bind the SN in the physical location. Otherwise, the running data of the
air conditioner cannot be displayed on the monitoring screen.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Device Layout.

Step 2 Tap Edit, and tap based on the physical location of the device.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 206
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-19 Device Layout

Step 3 In the dialog box that is displayed, select the SN of the target air conditioner or
tap and scan the QR code on the air conditioner to add the SN, and then tap
OK.

NOTE

The device layout varies depending on the device model or software version. The actual
screen prevails.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 207
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

7.4.4.6 Factory Setting Restoration

Context

NOTICE

Perform this operation with caution because all configured parameters except the
current date, time, baud rate, and address will be restored to their factory default
values. This operation will not affect operating information, alarm records, or
system logs.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Restore defaults and follow the onscreen instructions to
restore the phone to its factory settings.

Figure 7-20 Restore defaults

----End

7.4.4.7 System Reset

Context
The CMU will automatically restart after receiving the reset command.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 208
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > System reset and follow the onscreen instructions to
reset the system.

Figure 7-21 System reset

----End

7.4.4.8 Data Clearance

Context
Clear data if the CMU is relocated and its historical data needs to be deleted.

NOTICE

● The Data clearance operation clears all charge/discharge capacity,

performance data, and alarms from the CMU.
● The Data clearance operation does not delete the devices connected to the
CMU. If a device is no longer required for the CMU, perform the Remove
device operation.
● If you tap Data clearance on the CMU, you must tap Alarm reset on the NMS.
Otherwise, the alarm information collected by the NMS and CMU is
inconsistent.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Data clearance and follow the onscreen instructions to
clear data.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 209
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 7 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide Central Monitoring Unit

Figure 7-22 Data clearance

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 210
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting

to the PID Module

NOTICE

The figures and data displayed in this chapter are for reference only.

8.1 User Operation Permissions

The user accounts that can log in to the app are classified into common users,
special users, and advanced users based on the responsibilities of PV plant
operation personnel.
● Common user: Has the permissions of viewing PID module data and setting
user parameters.
● Advanced users: Has the permissions of viewing PID module data, setting
functional parameters, and maintaining devices.
● Special user: Has the permissions of viewing PID module data, setting user
parameters, and maintaining devices (including starting and shutting down
the PID module, clearing data, and upgrading devices).
Figure 8-1, Figure 8-2 and Figure 8-3 show the menu operation permissions of
common users, advanced users, and special users respectively.

Figure 8-1 Operation permissions of common users

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 211
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-2 Operation permissions of advanced users

NOTE

File save path is available only for Android system.

Figure 8-3 Operation permissions of special users

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 212
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

NOTE

File save path is available only for Android system.

8.2 Login the SUN2000 APP

Prerequisites
● The PID module has been powered on.
● Connect over a Bluetooth module:
a. A WLAN/Bluetooth module is available and has been inserted into the
USB port in the PID module maintenance compartment.
b. The WLAN/Bluetooth function is enabled on the mobile phone.
c. Keep the mobile phone within 5 m away from the PID module.
Otherwise, communication between them would be affected.
● Connect over a USB data cable:
a. A USB data cable is available. One end of the USB data cable is
connected to the USB port in the PID module maintenance compartment
and the other end is connected to the USB port on the mobile phone.
b. After connecting the USB data cable, Connected to USB Accessory is
displayed on the mobile phone, indicating that the PID module and the
mobile phone have been successfully connected. Otherwise, the USB data
cable connection is invalid.

Procedure
Step 1 Start the app. Tap Connect to access the code scanning screen and connect to the
PID module.

Figure 8-4 Connect

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 213
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

● Code scanning: Tap Connect, on the scanning screen, place the QR code or
bar code of the WLAN/Bluetooth module in the scan frame. The device will be
automatically connected after the code is identified.
● Manual connection: Tap Manual Connection and select a connection mode.

Figure 8-5 Manual connection

– Select WLAN and connect to the corresponding WLAN in the WLAN

connection list of the APP. The initial name of the WLAN hotspot is
Adapter-WLAN module SN, and the initial password is Changeme.

NOTICE

Use the initial password upon first power-on and change it immediately
after login. To ensure account security, change the password periodically
and keep the new password in mind. Not changing the initial password
may cause password disclosure. A password left unchanged for a long
period of time may be stolen or cracked. If a password is lost, devices
cannot be accessed. In these cases, the user is liable for any loss caused
to the PV plant.

– Select Bluetooth, and tap Search for device. After a Bluetooth device is
found, select the target Bluetooth device, and set up a connection. If the
Bluetooth module is USB-Adapter2000-B, the connected Bluetooth device
is named after last 8 digits of the SN barcode + HWAPP. The SN barcode
can be obtained from the silk screen on the Bluetooth module.
– Select USB, and tap OK to allow the app to access the USB accessory.
After you select Use by default for this USB accessory, the message will

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 214
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

not appear if you log in to the app again without removing the USB data
cable.
Step 2 Select a login user and enter the password.
NOTE

● The login password is the same as that for the PID module connected to the app and is
used only when the PID module connects to the app.
● The initial passwords for Common User, Advanced User, and Special User are all
00000a. If you log in to the system for the first time, use the initial password and
change the password as soon as possible. After the password is used for a period of
time, change it periodically to ensure account security.
● During the login, if five consecutive invalid password entries are made (the interval
between two consecutive entries is less than 2 minutes), the account will be locked for
10 minutes. The password should consist of six characters.

Step 3 After successful login, the Quick Settings screen or Function Menu screen is
displayed.
NOTE

● If you log in to the app after the PID module powers on for the first time or factory
defaults are restored, the Quick Settings screen will be displayed. You can set basic
parameters for the PID module on the Quick Settings screen. After the settings take
effect, you can access the Function Menu screen and modify the parameters on the
Settings screen.
● If you do not set basic parameters for the PID module on the Quick Settings screen, the
screen is still displayed when you log in to the app next time.

----End

8.3 Screen Operations (Common User)

8.3.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the PID module working mode and
compensation mode on the home screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 215
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-6 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarms or Running Info. to view active alarms, historical alarms, and PID
module running information.

You can view the following information on the alarm information screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.
NOTE

– Tap to set the alarm sorting mode for active alarms or historical alarms.

– Tap to set a time criterion. The historical alarms generated within the time
segment are displayed.

----End

8.3.2 Settings

Prerequisite
Common users can set user parameters only for the PID module.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 216
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > User Parameters and set user
parameters.

Figure 8-7 User parameters

NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains six characters.
● Contains at least two of the three types: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and digits.

----End

8.3.3 Maintenance

8.3.3.1 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 8-8 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 217
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-9 Problem record

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures or logs.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.

Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

8.3.3.2 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 8-10 Help

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 218
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

Figure 8-11 Help 2

----End

8.3.3.3 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version,
software version, technical support website, privacy policy, customer service
contact information, and open source software policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version, software version, and
technical support website.

Figure 8-12 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 219
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

8.4 Screen Operations (Advanced User)

8.4.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the PID module working mode and
compensation mode on the home screen.

Figure 8-13 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarms or Running Info. to view active alarms, historical alarms, and PID
module running information.
You can view the following information on the alarm information screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 220
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

NOTE

– Tap to set the alarm sorting mode for active alarms or historical alarms.

– Tap to set a time criterion. The historical alarms generated within the time
segment are displayed.

----End

8.4.2 Settings

8.4.2.1 Setting Protection Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Protection Parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Figure 8-14 Protection parameters

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 221
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Table 8-1 Parameter description

No. Parameter Description Unit Remarks

1 Maximum Specifies the V The default value is 500 V.

output highest step-up For the 1500 V SUN2000,
voltage voltage of the the recommended value is
PID module in 800 V.
normal or ● For the 1000 V/1100 V
commissioning SUN2000, the value
mode. ranges from 0 V to 550
V. The parameter value
indicates the maximum
DC step-up voltage
between PV and the
ground.
● For the 1500 V
SUN2000, the value
ranges from 0 V to 800
V. The parameter value
indicates the maximum
DC step-up voltage
between PV and the
ground.

2 AC-to- Specifies the kΩ You can set an alarm

ground alarm threshold threshold for the
resistance for the impedance between the AC
alarm impedance grid and the ground for the
threshold between the AC PID module. If the detected
side of the PID impedance is below the
module and the threshold, the PID module
ground. will generate an alarm.

3 Maximum Specifies the V Specifies the lower

system DC- voltages threshold of the maximum
to-ground between the PV voltage range between the
withstand side and the solar inverter DC side
voltage ground and (including the solar
between the AC inverter, PV module, cable,
side and the SPD, and switch) and the
ground in ground.
normal mode. The default value is 1000 V.
For the 1500 V SUN2000,
the recommended value is
1500 V.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 222
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

8.4.2.2 Setting Feature Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Feature Parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

Figure 8-15 Feature parameters

Table 8-2 Parameter description

No. Parameter Description Unit Remarks

1 Offset mode Specifies the - ● Select Disable if the

compensation PID module is not
mode of the required.
PID module. ● Select N/PE if the PID
module is required to
use voltage output
from the power grid.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 223
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

No. Parameter Description Unit Remarks

2 Compensatio Specifies the V ● If PV module

n offset compensation compensation voltage
voltage offset voltage direction is set to PV–
between PV positive offset, this
and the ground parameter specifies the
after the PID positive voltage
module between PV– and the
operates stably. ground.
● If PV module
compensation voltage
direction is set to PV+
negative offset, this
parameter specifies the
negative voltage
between PV+ and the
ground.
NOTE
If Compensation offset
voltage is set to 500 V, the
PID module provides the
maximum output to
enhance the voltage
compensation effect. The
output voltage amplitude of
the PID module is
automatically capped to
ensure the safety of a PV
plant. The output voltage
amplitude is also related to
the maximum system DC-
to-ground withstand voltage
and maximum output
voltage.

3 PV module Specifies the - For the specific PV

compensatio offset direction module compensation
n voltage of the PID type, consult the PV
direction module. module vendor. For
example, P-type PV
modules, HIT, CIS, thin-
film PV modules, and
CdTe PV modules meet
the requirement for PV–
positive offset.

4 Modbus Specifies the - -

version version number
number of the Modbus
protocol of the
PID module.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 224
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

No. Parameter Description Unit Remarks

5 IMD access Specifies - ● Select Enable if you

whether the allow the PID module
PID module and IMD to operate in
and insulation cycle mode.
monitor device Only the IMDs of
(IMD) can mainstream suppliers
operate in cycle such as DOLD and
mode. BENDER are supported,
and the IMDs must
have enabled dry
contacts.
NOTICE
You can set Periodic PID
runtime and Periodic
IMD runtime only when
IMD access is set to
Enable.
● Select Disable if you
forbid the access of
IMDs.

6 Periodic PID Specifies the min The IMD is shut down

runtime operating when the PID module is
duration of the operating.
PID module
when the PID
module and
IMD operate in
cycle mode.

7 Periodic IMD Specifies the min The PID module is

runtime operating standby when the IMD is
duration of the operating.
IMD when the
PID module
and IMD
operate in cycle
mode.

----End

8.4.2.3 Setting User Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > User Parameters to access the parameter
setting screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 225
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-16 User parameters

NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains six characters.
● Contains at least two of the three types: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and digits.

----End

8.4.2.4 Setting Communications Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Comm. Parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.
Step 2 Tap RS485 to set RS485 communications parameters.

Figure 8-17 Communications parameters

----End

8.4.2.5 Setting a File Save Path

Prerequisites
This function is available only on the Android system.

Context
You can modify the save path for operation logs and PID module logs and export
logs from the path.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 226
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > File Save Path to access the path setting
screen.

Figure 8-18 File save path

Step 2 Tap File save path to set a file save path.

----End

8.4.3 Maintenance

8.4.3.1 Log Download

Context
On the Device Logs screen, you can export operation logs and PID logs from the
mobile phone.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Device Logs to access the log download screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 227
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-19 Downloading logs

Step 2 Download log files as required.

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huanwei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to "Setting a File Save Path".
● The downloaded solar inverter logs are saved at the Device Log directory in File
Manager in your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for
checking.

----End

8.4.3.2 System Maintenance

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 228
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-20 Maintenance

Step 2 Tap Setting work mode to set working mode parameters.

Figure 8-21 Setting work mode

Step 3 Tap next to Power on, Power off, Reset, Data clear, or Restore defaults as
required.
NOTE

● If you clear data, active and historical alarms stored on the PID module will all be
cleared.
● Tap Performance Data to view the performance data curve of the PID module.

Step 4 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

8.4.3.3 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
Obtain the upgrade package from your supplier or Huawei engineers. After the
downloading is complete, use the digital certificate and verification tool available
at Huawei technical support website to verify the digital signature of the software
package.
1. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 229
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

2. Browse or search for PGP Verify.

Procedure
Step 1 Copy the upgrade package to your mobile phone without decompressing the
package.
Step 2 Tap Upgrade to access the PID module upgrade screen. Upgrade the software
version of the device as required.

Figure 8-22 PID Upgrade

----End

8.4.3.4 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 8-23 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 230
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-24 Problem record

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures or logs.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.

Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

8.4.3.5 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 8-25 Help

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 231
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

Figure 8-26 Help 2

----End

8.4.3.6 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version,
software version, technical support website, privacy policy, customer service
contact information, and open source software policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version, software version, and
technical support website.

Figure 8-27 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 232
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

8.5 Screen Operations (Special User)

8.5.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the PID module working mode and
compensation mode on the home screen.

Figure 8-28 Home screen

Step 2 Tap Alarms or Running Info. to view active alarms, historical alarms, and PID
module running information.
You can view the following information on the alarm information screen:
● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe right or left on the screen or tap either Active Alarm or Historical
Alarm to display a list of active alarms or historical alarms.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 233
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

NOTE

– Tap to set the alarm sorting mode for active alarms or historical alarms.

– Tap to set a time criterion. The historical alarms generated within the time
segment are displayed.

----End

8.5.2 Settings

8.5.2.1 Setting User Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > User Parameters to access the parameter
setting screen.

Figure 8-29 User parameters

NOTE

The password must meet the following requirements:

● Contains six characters.
● Contains at least two of the three types: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and digits.

----End

8.5.2.2 Setting a File Save Path

Prerequisites
This function is available only on the Android system.

Context
You can modify the save path for operation logs and PID module logs and export
logs from the path.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > File Save Path to access the path setting
screen.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 234
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-30 File save path

Step 2 Tap File save path to set a file save path.

----End

8.5.3 Maintenance

8.5.3.1 Log Download

Context
On the Device Logs screen, you can export operation logs and PID logs from the
mobile phone.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Device Logs to access the log download screen.

Figure 8-31 Downloading logs

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 235
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Step 2 Download log files as required.

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huanwei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to "Setting a File Save Path".
● The downloaded solar inverter logs are saved at the Device Log directory in File
Manager in your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for
checking.

----End

8.5.3.2 System Maintenance

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Figure 8-32 Maintenance

Step 2 Tap next to Power on, Power off, or Data clear as required.
NOTE

● If you clear data, active and historical alarms stored on the PID module will all be
cleared.
● Tap Performance Data to view the performance data curve of the PID module.

Step 3 Enter the password for logging in to the app, and tap OK.

----End

8.5.3.3 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
Obtain the upgrade package from your supplier or Huawei engineers. After the
downloading is complete, use the digital certificate and verification tool available
at Huawei technical support website to verify the digital signature of the software
package.
1. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
2. Browse or search for PGP Verify.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 236
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Procedure
Step 1 Copy the upgrade package to your mobile phone without decompressing the
package.
Step 2 Tap Upgrade to access the PID module upgrade screen. Upgrade the software
version of the device as required.

Figure 8-33 PID Upgrade

----End

8.5.3.4 Feedback

Context
Users can provide feedback in text, pictures, and files.

NOTE

Do not add private data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Feedback in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 8-34 Feedback

Step 2 Tap Specify the type and select Feedback or Suggestion.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 237
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Figure 8-35 Problem record

Step 3 Briefly describe the problem that you encounter in the Description column.

Step 4 (Optional) Tap to upload pictures or logs.

Step 5 (Optional) Tap to upload logs. Select device logs or app logs as required.

Step 6 Tap Submit.

----End

8.5.3.5 Help

Context
If you have any questions when using an involved device or the app, search for
solutions in the help information.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > Help in the upper-right corner of the home screen.

Figure 8-36 Help

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 238
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App 8 Operations on the Screen for Connecting to the
Device Commissioning Guide PID Module

Step 2 Specify your question. A solution will be displayed.

Figure 8-37 Help 2

----End

8.5.3.6 About

Context
You can query the app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version,
software version, technical support website, privacy policy, customer service
contact information, and open source software policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Procedure

Step 1 In the upper-right corner of the home screen, choose > About to view the
app version, connected product model, SN, firmware version, software version, and
technical support website.

Figure 8-38 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy, Customer service contact information, or Open source
software policy to view the privacy policy, customer service contact information,
and open source software policy.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 239
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 9 Smart Dongle

9 Smart Dongle

After logging in to the app, you can view the number of inverters connected to the
Smart Dongle on the home screen.

9.1 Alarm Management

Step 1 Tap Alarm to view active and historical alarms.

On the Alarms screen, you can perform the following operations:

● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe left or right on the screen or tap Active Alarms or Historical Alarms
to switch between active alarms and historical alarms.

----End

9.2 Maintenance

9.2.1 Subdevice Management

Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Subdevice management. The
Subdevice management screen is displayed.
● Tap + to add a power meter.

Parameter Description

Model Set this parameter to the corresponding meter

model.
NOTE
– Select an appropriate power meter based on the
application scenario. The device model is subject
to change. The actual product may vary.
– Set the power meter model correctly. Otherwise,
the power meter function may be unavailable.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 240
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 9 Smart Dongle

Parameter Description

Device address Set this parameter to the communication

address of the power meter.

● After a power meter is added, tap it to view and modify the power meter
parameters. To delete the power meter, touch and hold it.

----End

9.2.2 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package from your supplier or engineers.
After the download is complete, use the digital certificate and verification tool
available at Huawei technical support website to verify the digital signature of
the software package.
a. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
b. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
● In the Android system, you have copied the upgrade package to the Android/
data/com.huawei.inverterapp/files/ directory on the mobile phone. The
upgrade package is a .zip file.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Upgrade device.

Step 2 Access the device upgrade screen and tap Upgrade.

Step 3 Perform operations as prompted.

----End

9.2.3 Log Management

Context
You can export operation logs and device running logs on your mobile phone on
the Log management screen.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Log Management to access the log
download screen.

Step 2 You can download Dongle logs and APP log.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 241
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 9 Smart Dongle

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huawei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to File save path.
● The downloaded inverter logs are saved in the Device Log directory in File manager on
your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for checking.

----End

9.2.4 Device Performance

You can check the Smart Dongle running status on the Device performance
screen.

Procedure
1. On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Device performance.
2. Check the Dongle memory usage, Flash usage, and CPU usage.

9.2.5 Minimum System

After the minimum system is enabled, the Smart Dongle disables the remote
networking service and disconnects from the network management system
(NMS).

Procedure
1. On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Minimum system.
2. Enable the minimum system function and enter the login password for
secondary verification.

9.3 Settings

9.3.1 Setting Communications Parameters

Procedure
1. On the home screen, choose Settings > Comm. parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

9.4 Power Adjustment

9.4.1 Active Power Control

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Power adjustment > Active Power Control. The Active Power Control
screen is displayed.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 242
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 9 Smart Dongle

Step 2 Tap Control mode or Limitation mode to set the active power control mode.

----End

9.4.2 Reactive Power Control

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Power adjustment > Reactive Power control to access
the parameter setting screen.
Step 2 Tap Reactive power control mode to set the active power control mode.

----End

9.4.3 Shutdown at High Feed-in Power

The power grid company requires that power plants be able to limit or reduce the
output power of PV power systems. If the output power cannot be limited within
the specified range, all inverters need to be shut down, which is shut down at high
feed-in power.

Procedure
1. Choose Power adjustment > Shutdown at high feed-in power. The
Shutdown at high feed-in power screen is displayed.

Table 9-1 Shutdown at high feed-in power

Parameter Description

Shutdown at ● The default value is Disable.

high feed-in ● If this parameter is set to Enable, the inverter shuts
power down for protection when the grid-connection point
power exceeds the threshold and remains in this
condition for the specified time threshold.

Upper feed-in The default value is 0. This parameter specifies the power
power threshold of the grid-connection point for triggering
threshold for inverter shutdown.
inverter
shutdown

High feed-in The default value is 20. This parameter specifies the
power duration duration threshold of high feed-in power for triggering
threshold for inverter shutdown.
triggering ● When High feed-in power duration threshold for
inverter triggering inverter shutdown is set to 5, Shutdown
shutdown at high feed-in power takes precedence.
● When High feed-in power duration threshold for
triggering inverter shutdown is set to 20, Limited
feed-in takes precedence (when Active power control
is set to Limited feed-in).

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 243
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 9 Smart Dongle

9.4.4 Dry Contact Scheduling Settings

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Power adjustment > Dry contact scheduling
settings.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 244
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 10 STS

10 STS

10.1 Query
Procedure
Step 1 After logging in to the app, you can view the Smart Transformer Station (STS)
running data on the home screen.

Step 2 Tap Alarms or Device Monitoring to view active alarms, historical alarms, and
STS running information.

On the Alarms screen, you can perform the following operations:

● Tap an alarm record and view the alarm details.
● Swipe left or right on the screen or tap Active Alarms or Historical Alarms
to switch between active alarms and historical alarms.

On the Device Monitoring screen, you can perform the following operations:
● Tap Teleindication to view the teleindication signals.
● Tap Telemetering to view the telemetry signals.
● Tap Telecontrol to view the remote control signal.

----End

10.2 Maintenance

10.2.1 Device Upgrade

Prerequisites
● You have obtained the upgrade package from your supplier or engineers.
After the download is complete, use the digital certificate and verification tool
available at Huawei technical support website to verify the digital signature of
the software package.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 245
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 10 STS

a. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://

support.huawei.com/enterprise.
b. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
● Copy the upgrade package to the USB flash drive. The file name extension of
the upgrade package must be .zip.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Upgrade device.

Step 2 Access the device upgrade screen and tap Upgrade.

Step 3 Perform operations as prompted.

----End

10.2.2 Log Management

Context
You can export operation logs and device running logs on your mobile phone on
the Log management screen.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Maintenance > Log Management to access the log
download screen.

Step 2 Select STS logs or APP log.

NOTE

● By default, Android system logs are saved in the Android/data/

com.huawei.smartpvms/files/inverterapp folder in the phone memory. You can
change the save path by referring to File save path.
● The downloaded inverter logs are saved in the Device Log directory in File manager on
your mobile phone. You can also send the logs to your mailbox for checking.

----End

10.2.3 Changing a Device Name

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.

Step 2 Tap Device Name to change it.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 246
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 10 STS

10.2.4 System Reset

Context
After the system is reset, the STS restarts.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Reset. The System Reset dialog box is displayed.
Step 2 Enter the app login password and tap OK.

----End

10.2.5 Restoring Factory Settings

Context

NOTICE

Perform this operation with caution because all configured parameters except the
current date, time, baud rate, and address will be restored to their factory default
values. This operation will not affect operating information, alarm records, or
system logs.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
Step 2 Tap Restore Factory Settings.
Step 3 Enter the app login password and tap OK.

----End

10.2.6 Resetting Machine-Machine Authentication Password

Procedure
Step 1 On the maintenance screen, choose Reset machine-machine authentication
password.
Step 2 Enter the old password, new password, and confirm password, and tap OK.

----End

10.2.7 O&M via WLAN Connection

Context
You can enable or disable the WLAN.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 247
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 10 STS

● Always ON: The WLAN is always on.

● OFF when idle: The WLAN is automatically turned off after being idle for
four hours.
NOTE

If you need to connect to the WLAN after disabling it, log in to the FusionSolar app to
enable it. Otherwise, you cannot log in to the inverter for local commissioning.

Procedure
1. On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
2. Tap O&M via WLAN connection.

10.2.8 Data Clearance

Context
Clear data if the STS is relocated and its historical data needs to be deleted.

NOTICE

● The Data clearance operation clears all running data and alarms from the STS.
● The Data clearance operation does not delete the devices connected to the
STS. If a device is no longer required for the STS, perform the Remove device
operation.
● If you tap Data clearance on the STS, you must tap Alarm reset on the NMS.
Otherwise, the alarm information collected by the NMS and STS is inconsistent.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Data clearance and clear data as prompted.

----End

10.2.9 Alarm Clearance

Context
After alarms are reset, all active and historical alarms of the STS connected to the
app are cleared.

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, tap Maintenance to access the maintenance screen.
Step 2 Tap Clear Alarms.
Step 3 Enter the app login password and tap OK.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 248
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 10 STS

10.3 Settings

10.3.1 Feature Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Feature parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.
Step 2 Set parameters as required.

----End

10.3.2 Time Settings

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Time settings and set time parameters.

----End

10.3.3 Communications Parameters

Procedure
Step 1 On the home screen, choose Settings > Comm. parameters to access the
parameter setting screen.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 249
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

11 Charger

NOTE

6.23.00.157 and later versions support chargers and new functions. Update the app to the
latest version before connecting to chargers.

11.1 I'm an Installer

An installer can perform wizard-based commissioning on the FusionSolar app to
monitor the overall running status of the charger. If a device is faulty, the installer
can perform O&M on the app.

11.1.1 Device Commissioning (Charger)

NOTE

6.23.00.157 and later versions support chargers and new functions. Update the app to the
latest version before connecting to chargers.

The chargers can implement dynamic power by connecting to the DTSU666-FE

meter or the WLAN/FE Smart Dongle in the PV system through virtual meter
networking to obtain RS485 meter detection data. Perform commissioning based
on the actual networking scenarios of chargers, meters, and routers.

Figure 11-1 Charger FE port directly connected to a meter

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 250
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

For details about the commissioning procedure, see 11.1.1.1 Charger FE Port
Directly Connected to a Meter.

Figure 11-2 Charger FE port directly connected to a router

For details about the commissioning procedure, see 11.1.1.2 Charger FE Port
Directly Connected to a Router.

Figure 11-3 Charger connected to a router through WLAN

For details about the commissioning procedure, see 11.1.1.3 Charger Connected
to a Router Through WLAN.

Figure 11-4 Charger using a virtual meter

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 251
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

For details about the commissioning procedure, see 11.1.1.4 Charger Using a
Virtual Meter.

11.1.1.1 Charger FE Port Directly Connected to a Meter

1. Log in to the FusionSolar app as an installer, tap Setup wizard on the Home
screen, scan the QR code of the device, and follow the instructions to connect
to the WLAN.

NOTE

● The last six digits of the product WLAN name are the same as the last six digits of
the product SN.
● Use the initial password to log in for the first time and change the password as
prompted. To ensure account security, protect the password by changing it
periodically, and keep it secure. Your password might be stolen or cracked if it is
left unchanged for extended periods. If a password is lost, devices cannot be
accessed. In these cases, the Company shall not be liable for any loss.
● If the login screen is not displayed after you scan the QR code, check whether the
device is correctly connected to the WLAN network. If not, manually select and
connect to the WLAN network and tap Next.
● If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway? message is
displayed when you connect to the device WLAN, tap CONNECT. Otherwise, you
cannot log in to the system. The actual UI and messages may vary with mobile
phones.
2. Log in to the app as an Installer.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 252
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

For the first login, the initial password is Changeme. If the system prompts you to set
a password, set the login password as prompted.
3. Commission the device according to the wizard procedure.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 253
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

Set the capacity of the main circuit breaker based on site requirements. If the set value
is greater than the actual capacity, the circuit breaker trips due to overcurrent. If the
set value is less than the actual capacity, the charger cannot work.

11.1.1.2 Charger FE Port Directly Connected to a Router

1. Log in to the FusionSolar app as an installer, tap Setup wizard on the Home
screen, scan the QR code of the device, and follow the instructions to connect
to the WLAN.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 254
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

● The last six digits of the product WLAN name are the same as the last six digits of
the product SN.
● Use the initial password to log in for the first time and change the password as
prompted. To ensure account security, protect the password by changing it
periodically, and keep it secure. Your password might be stolen or cracked if it is
left unchanged for extended periods. If a password is lost, devices cannot be
accessed. In these cases, the Company shall not be liable for any loss.
● If the login screen is not displayed after you scan the QR code, check whether the
device is correctly connected to the WLAN network. If not, manually select and
connect to the WLAN network and tap Next.
● If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway? message is
displayed when you connect to the device WLAN, tap CONNECT. Otherwise, you
cannot log in to the system. The actual UI and messages may vary with mobile
phones.
2. Log in to the app as an Installer.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 255
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

For the first login, the initial password is Changeme. If the system prompts you to set
a password, set the login password as prompted.
3. Commission the device according to the wizard procedure.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 256
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

Set the capacity of the main circuit breaker based on site requirements. If the set value
is greater than the actual capacity, the circuit breaker trips due to overcurrent. If the
set value is less than the actual capacity, the charger cannot work.

11.1.1.3 Charger Connected to a Router Through WLAN

1. Log in to the FusionSolar app as an installer, tap Setup wizard on the Home
screen, scan the QR code of the device, and follow the instructions to connect
to the WLAN.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 257
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

● The last six digits of the product WLAN name are the same as the last six digits of
the product SN.
● Use the initial password to log in for the first time and change the password as
prompted. To ensure account security, protect the password by changing it
periodically, and keep it secure. Your password might be stolen or cracked if it is
left unchanged for extended periods. If a password is lost, devices cannot be
accessed. In these cases, the Company shall not be liable for any loss.
● If the login screen is not displayed after you scan the QR code, check whether the
device is correctly connected to the WLAN network. If not, manually select and
connect to the WLAN network and tap Next.
● If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway? message is
displayed when you connect to the device WLAN, tap CONNECT. Otherwise, you
cannot log in to the system. The actual UI and messages may vary with mobile
phones.
2. Log in to the app as an Installer.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 258
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

For the first login, the initial password is Changeme. If the system prompts you to set
a password, set the login password as prompted.
3. Commission the device according to the wizard procedure.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 259
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

Set the capacity of the main circuit breaker based on site requirements. If the set value
is greater than the actual capacity, the circuit breaker trips due to overcurrent. If the
set value is less than the actual capacity, the charger cannot work.

11.1.1.4 Charger Using a Virtual Meter

NOTE

If a virtual meter is used, log in to the inverter connected to the Smart Dongle, choose
Settings > Communication configuration > Dongle parameter settings, and set Modbus
TCP to Enable (unrestricted). If an FE meter is used, set Modbus TCP to Disable.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 260
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

1. Log in to the FusionSolar app as an installer, tap Setup wizard on the Home
screen, scan the QR code of the device, and follow the instructions to connect
to the WLAN.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 261
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

● The last six digits of the product WLAN name are the same as the last six digits of
the product SN.
● Use the initial password to log in for the first time and change the password as
prompted. To ensure account security, protect the password by changing it
periodically, and keep it secure. Your password might be stolen or cracked if it is
left unchanged for extended periods. If a password is lost, devices cannot be
accessed. In these cases, the Company shall not be liable for any loss.
● If the login screen is not displayed after you scan the QR code, check whether the
device is correctly connected to the WLAN network. If not, manually select and
connect to the WLAN network and tap Next.
● If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway? message is
displayed when you connect to the device WLAN, tap CONNECT. Otherwise, you
cannot log in to the system. The actual UI and messages may vary with mobile
phones.
2. Log in to the app as an Installer.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 262
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

For the first login, the initial password is Changeme. If the system prompts you to set
a password, set the login password as prompted.
3. Commission the device according to the wizard procedure.

NOTE

Set the capacity of the main circuit breaker based on site requirements. If the set value
is greater than the actual capacity, the circuit breaker trips due to overcurrent. If the
set value is less than the actual capacity, the charger cannot work.

11.1.2 Alarm Management

On the home screen, tap Alarm to view active alarms, historical alarms.

On the Alarms screen, you can perform the following operations:

● Tap an alarm to view its details. Tap Clear in the alarm details area to
manually clear the alarm.

● Tap to view historical alarms.

11.1.3 O&M Management

1. On the home page of the app, tap O&M to set charger running parameters,
upgrade the charger, export logs, and change passwords.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 263
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

– Log Export: Export app operation logs and charger run logs.
NOTE

If log export is abnormal or failed, try again.

– Upgrade Management: Upgrade the charger software version.

NOTE

● iPhones do not support manual addition of upgrade packages. Before using

an iPhone to upgrade, save the upgrade package to the installation path. For
details, see 13.2 What Should I Do If the Upgrade Package Obtained from
an iPhone Cannot Be Selected on the Upgrade Screen?
● You have obtained the upgrade package from your supplier or engineers.
After the download is complete, use the digital certificate and verification tool
available at Huawei technical support website to verify the digital signature
of the software package.
1. Log in to Huawei enterprise technical support website http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.
2. Browse or search for PGP Verify.
– Switch Between Single and Three Phases: You are advised to enable
this function in PV scenarios to increase the PV energy utilization rate.
After this function is enabled, the system automatically switches to the
PV power charging mode when detecting that the phase switching
conditions are met. To ensure charging safety, the ongoing charging task
will be interrupted for a short period of time. After the switching is
complete, the charging task will be restarted.
NOTE

The temporary interruption of charging caused by switching between single- and

three-phase will not cause damage to the car.
– Login password: Change the app password for logging in to the current
charger.

NOTICE

● Ensure account security by changing password periodically. A password

that has been used for a long time is more likely to be stolen or
cracked. Users cannot log in to the chargers if their passwords are lost,
and the users shall be liable for any loss incurred.
● User information is more secure if a password is changed more
frequently. If a user forgets the password due to frequent password
changes, the user can reset the password using an RFID card. For
details, see 13.1 How Do I Reset the Default Password of a Charger
Using an RFID Card When I Forgot the Password?.

– Restore factory settings

After restored, the historical charging records, reservation records, app
login passwords, WLAN passwords, alarm and management system
connection passwords of the charging pile will be cleared.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 264
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

11.2 I'm an Owner

An owner can set parameters on the FusionSolar app, such as charge settings, card
management, whether to lock the charging connector, and router and meter
settings.

11.2.1 Connecting to a Charger

1. Log in to the FusionSolar app and tap Me > Device commissioning.
2. Tap Charger and connect to the WLAN of the charger as prompted.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 265
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

NOTE

● The last six digits of the product WLAN name are the same as the last six digits of
the product SN.
● Use the initial password upon first power-on and change it immediately after login.
To ensure account security, change the password periodically and keep the new
password in mind. Not changing the initial password may cause password
disclosure. A password left unchanged for a long period of time may be stolen or
cracked. If a password is lost, devices cannot be accessed. In these cases, the user is
liable for any loss caused.
3. Log in to the app as an owner.

NOTE

For the first login, the initial password is Changeme. If the system prompts you to set
a password, set the login password as prompted.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 266
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

11.2.2 Charge Now

Precautions
Before charging, you need to completely insert the charging connector into the
charger and car. If the indicator on the charger turns blue on and off cyclically (on
for 4s and off for 1s), the charger is successfully connected to the car.
You can also lock the charging connector to the charger if the property safety is
ensured. In this way, you only need to insert the charging connector to your car to
charge. For details, see Lock Charging Connector.

Starting Charging Using the App

On the Status screen, tap Charge Now > Start Charging. The indicator on the
charger turns blue on and off cyclically (on for 0.5s and off for 0.5s), indicating the
charging state.
If the indicator turns blue on and off cyclically (on for 4s and off for 1s), Identity
authentication is enabled. In this case, swipe the RFID card for authentication.
Tap – to set the Max Charge Power and Charging Mode.

NOTE

If you have installed PV devices, you can select a charging mode as required.
● Normal Charge: obtains power from the power grid and charges the car at the upper
limit of the maximum charge power of the charger. The charging time is the shortest in
this mode.
● PV Power Preferred: uses PV power for charging when it is available. The charging cost
is minimized in this mode.

Starting and Stopping Charging Using an RFID Card

Place the ring pattern on the RFID card in the swiping area. If the indicator blinks
blue fast three times, the card is swiped successfully.
● If Scheduled Charging is not set, wait until the indicator on the charger turns
blue on and off cyclically (on for 0.5s and off for 0.5s), indicating the charging
state.
● If you have set the Scheduled Charging, the charger enters the waiting state.
The indicator is pulsating blue for 4s and off for 1s. When the scheduled time
arrives, the charger automatically starts. You can also swipe the card again to
charge immediately.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 267
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

Figure 11-5 Charging by card swiping

Stopping Charging
Charging will automatically stop when the car is fully charged.

Use the app to stop charging: Press and hold X.

Use an RFID card to stop charging: Swipe the RFID card in the swiping area.

If the indicator on the charger is steady blue, charging is stopped.

11.2.3 Scheduled Charging

Charging Procedure
1. Connecting to a Charger.
2. On the Status screen, tap Scheduled Charging.
3. Tap Scheduled Charging. If the indicator on the charger turns blue on and
off cyclically (on for 4s and off for 1s), the charger is in the scheduled
charging waiting state.

Setting the Scheduled Charging Time

On the Device Overview screen, tap Scheduled Charging.

● Tap Add Scheduled to set the charging start time and end time.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 268
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

● Tap a scheduled charging plan to edit it.

● Select a plan you want to delete, press and swipe left, and tap to delete
the time.

11.2.4 RFID Card Management

You can add or delete RFID cards and query the RFID card list on the FusionSolar
app. After adding an RFID card and enabling identity authentication, you can start
or stop charging by swiping the RFID card.

NOTE

Before using an RFID card, choose Settings > Advanced, and enable Identity
Authentication.

Adding an RFID Card

1. On the Status screen, choose Settings > Card Management.

2. In the upper right corner of the Card Management screen, tap and
select a card adding mode.
– Add by swiping
i. After the indicator blinks white fast twice, place the ring pattern on
the RFID card in the swiping area. If the indicator is steady white for
5s, the card is successfully swiped.
ii. Enter the user-defined card name and tap Confirm.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 269
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

Figure 11-6 Add by swiping

– Add manually
Enter the card number and user-defined name of the RFID card, and tap
Confirm.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 270
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

Figure 11-7 Add manually

NOTE

A maximum of eight RFID cards can be added to each charger.

After you add an RFID card, you can use the card to start or stop charging.

Deleting an RFID Card

1. Select the card you want to delete, and then press and swipe left.

2. Tap to delete the card.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 271
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

11.2.5 Settings
Password Management
1. On the Status screen, choose Settings > Password Management.
Set the login password and WLAN password of the charger.
NOTE

Ensure account security by changing password periodically. Failure to change the

initial password poses security risks. A password that has been used for a long time is
more likely to be stolen or cracked. Users cannot log in to the chargers if their
passwords are lost, and the users shall be liable for any loss incurred.

PV Power Configuration
Check the power drawn from grid and minimum startup power of the charger.
1. On the Status screen, tap Settings.
2. Choose Advanced > PV Power Configuration to view the power drawn from
grid and minimum startup power of the charger.
– Power drawn from grid: maximum power supplied from the power grid to
all household loads and the charger.
– Minimum startup power: The PV power is supplied to household loads
first and the excess power is fed to the grid. If the feed-in power is
greater than this set value, the charger starts charging.

Identity Authentication
If identity authentication is disabled, the charger automatically starts and stops
charging after the charging connector is inserted into the charging port of a car,
which may result in unauthorized charging.
After identity authentication is enabled, you need to swipe card for authentication
before charging.
1. On the Status screen, choose Settings > Advanced.
2. Enable Identity Authentication.

Lock Charging Connector

Enable the Lock Charging Connector function. You can lock the charging
connector to the charger. In this way, you only need to insert the charging
connector to your car to charge.
1. On the Status screen, tap Settings.
2. Enable Lock Charging Connector.

Restore factory settings

After restored, the historical charging records, reservation records, app login
passwords, WLAN passwords, and management system connection passwords of
the charging pile will be cleared.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 272
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 11 Charger

1. Choose Settings > Advanced.

2. Tap Restore factory settings, enter the current app login password.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 273
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit

12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit

You can download the upgrade package for the distributed solar inverter, scan the
solar inverter SN bar code.

Figure 12-1 Tool kit

12.1 File download

Context
Downloading app logs, inverter upgrade packages and grid codes is supported.

Procedure

Step 1 On the app connection screen, tap > File download in the upper-right corner.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 274
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit

Figure 12-2 File download

Step 2 If an update of device upgrade package is detected, confirm to download it,

Downloading device upgrade packages and grid codes is supported.

Step 3 Tap Download on the screen for downloading the upgrade package.

----End

NOTE

The SUN2000 app uses the ping solar.huawei.com command to check whether the mobile
device is connected to the public network. The mobile phone automatically detects
software updates when connected to the Internet. If the device upgrade package or grid
code is updated, a message is displayed to prompt users to download the upgrade package
or grid code.After the inverter is connected, the system prompts you to install the upgrade
package. Perform operations as prompted.

12.2 MBUS Whitelist

Prerequisites
● Tools such as the diagonal pliers, grease pen, Android smartphone (with the
SUN2000 app installed) are available.
● You have collected SN labels.

NOTICE

● The solar inverter without an LCD allows you to collect and scan the SN
bar code.
● When using diagonal pliers to cut off the SN bar code label suspended
under a solar inverter, mark its device name on the back of the label to
ensure mapping between the solar inverter name and SN bar code. The SN
label position of the SUN2000-33KTL is shown in Figure 12-3, and that of
the SUN2000-50KTL is shown in Figure 12-4.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 275
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit

Figure 12-3 SN label position on the SUN2000-33KTL

Figure 12-4 SN label position on the SUN2000-50KTL

Context
The SN bar codes of solar inverters are obtained in centralized mode. These bar
codes help set up mapping between solar inverter names and SN bar codes on the
SmartLogger and assist the SmartLogger to communicate with the solar inverters
and commission them.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose > MBUS whitelist on the app connection screen. On the MBUS
whitelist screen, enter a user-defined file name and tap Next.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 276
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit

Figure 12-5 MBUS whitelist

NOTE

If the SN file already exists, open and scan the file.

Step 2 On the SN List screen, tap Scan or Manual input to record SN bar codes or QR
codes and device names.

Figure 12-6 SN list

● Method 1: Scan
a. Tap Scan and specify a scanning mode to start scanning. Ensure that the
camera is about 15 cm away from the SN label or QR code.
b. After scanning, enter the device number at the back of the scanned label
on the SN Details screen.
● Method 2: Manual input
a. Tap Manual input. On the SN Details screen, enter the SN bar code and
the device name at the back of the label.
b. Tap OK to save the SN information.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 277
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit

NOTE

You can choose > MBUS Whitelist to find the saved SN information file on the list of
saved files.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
● After scanning the SN bar code information file, you can choose More >
Device List on the SmartLogger home page to modify the device information.
● Upload the scanned information file to the PC and rename the file as
DeviceInfo.csv, which provides information when changing the device name
and device address on the SmartLogger. For details, seeSmartLogger3000 User
Manual, SmartLogger2000 User Manual or SmartLogger1000A User Manual.

12.3 File Management

Context
The file management function manages app operation logs, device logs, and
generated script files and configuration files. You can delete the logs and files,
send them to your mailbox, or export them using a computer.

Procedure

Step 1 On the app connection screen, tap > File manager to access the File
manager screen.
Step 2 On the File manager screen, the downloaded log files, generated scripts, and
configuration files are displayed.
Step 3 To delete files, select one or more files and tap Delete.
Step 4 To send files to your mailbox, select one or more files and tap Share.
Step 5 Download app logs.
1. On the File manager screen, tap Download in the upper right corner. The
Download logs screen is displayed.
2. Select APP log and tap Download.
After the logs are downloaded, you can tap Share to send the logs to your
mailbox.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 278
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 12 SUN2000 APP Tool Kit

12.4 About
Context
This screen is used to query the app version information, technical support
website, privacy policy (displayed only on the SUN2000 app), customer service
contact information, and open source software policy.

NOTE

● When the app starts for the first time after being downloaded or updated, the privacy
policy is displayed. You can use the app only after agreeing to the privacy policy, and the
privacy policy will no longer appear. If you do not agree to the privacy policy, the app
exits, and the privacy policy is still displayed when you start the app next time until you
agree to the privacy policy.
● You can revoke the agreed privacy policy.

Procedure

Step 1 On the app connection screen, tap > About to view the app version
information and technical support website.

Figure 12-7 About

Step 2 Tap Privacy policy or Open source software policy to view the privacy policy and
open source software policy.

----End

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 279
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 13 FAQs

13 FAQs

13.1 How Do I Reset the Default Password of a Charger

Using an RFID Card When I Forgot the Password?
Precautions
● This operation will reset both the WLAN password and login password. The
charger login password will be reset to Changeme. The WLAN connection
password will be reset to the initial password.
● Before resetting the password, ensure that the charger is idle.

Procedure
1. Swipe the card for five consecutive times (at an interval of less than 5s). Then,
the indicator on the charger is steady white for 3s and the charger enters the
swipe protection state. Stop swiping the card now.
2. After 3s, the indicator blinks white fast for 20s. If you swipe the card again
within this 20s, the indicator turns off and pulsates after 3s, indicating that
the charger password has been successfully reset.

NOTE

If you swipe your card in the swipe protection state, the swipe protection time will
start again.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 280
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 13 FAQs

13.2 What Should I Do If the Upgrade Package

Obtained from an iPhone Cannot Be Selected on the
Upgrade Screen?
Cause
In the iOS system, the upgrade package can be selected only from the software
installation path. If the upgrade package is not in the software installation path,
the upgrade cannot be performed. You need to place the upgrade package in the
installation path before the upgrade.

Procedure
Method 1: Share the upgrade package to the FusionSolar app.

Method 2: Save the upgrade package to the specified path (FusionSolar/

SolarMate/upGradePatch) of the FusionSolar app.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 281
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 13 FAQs

13.3 Why Is the Pairing Request Displayed Twice

During Bluetooth Pairing?
When you pair the charger to your phone through Bluetooth, the Bluetooth
pairing request is displayed twice.
This is normal. Please allow pairing each time the request is displayed.

13.4 How Do I Obtain a Registration Code?

Context
If devices are connected to the management system through the SmartLogger or
Smart Dongle, you need to enter the registration code when binding a plant.

Procedure
1. Log in to the FusionSolar app and choose Me > Device commissioning.
2. Select a PV Product and connect to the WLAN of the device as prompted.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 282
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 13 FAQs

3. On the connection record screen, select the connection record of the target

device and tap to copy the registration code and device information.

13.5 What Should I Do If My Android Phone Fails to

Connect to the WLAN After I Scan the QR Code?
Symptom
After the device QR code is scanned using an Android phone, the Device to use
with message is displayed. After CONNECT is tapped three times, the The WLAN
connection has changed. Try to connect to the system WLAN message is
displayed.

Solution
● For Huawei mobile phones on Android 10 or later:
a. On the home screen of your mobile phone, tap Settings > WLAN.
b. Tap More settings.
c. Disable WLAN+.
● For other mobile phones:
a. On the home screen of your mobile phone, tap Settings > WLAN.
b. Tap the WLAN of the target device, select FORGET or DELETE, and scan
the QR code to connect to the WLAN again.
NOTE

If the This WLAN network has no Internet access. Connect anyway? message
is displayed when you connect to the built-in WLAN, tap CONNECT. Otherwise,
you cannot log in to the system. The actual UI and messages may vary with
mobile phones.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 283
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 13 FAQs

13.6 What Can I Do If the System Prompts Me to

Reconnect to the Charger's WLAN Hotspot During
Quick Settings?
Cause
After setting routing parameters on some chargers, you need to restart the
chargers for the settings to take effect. During the restart, the WLAN connection
between your phone and the charger will become invalid.

Solution
Reconnect to the charger's WLAN hotspot as prompted.

NOTE

When reconnecting to the WLAN hotspot, you are advised not to stop the process of the
FusionSolar app. Otherwise, you need to log in to the local commissioning screen of the
charger again after the connection is set up.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 284
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

14 Related Information

14.1 Battery Parameters

Battery parameter settings

Table 14-1 Battery parameters

Parameter Name Description

Maximum charge Specifies the maximum battery charging power.

power (kW)

Maximum Specifies the maximum battery discharging power.

discharge power
(kW)

End-of-charge SOC Specifies the end-of-charge SOC.

(%)

End-of-discharge Specifies the end-of-discharge SOC.

SOC (%) When the battery SOC drops to 0%, charge the batteries
in a timely manner. If the batteries are not charged in a
timely manner, the battery capacity will attenuate
irreversibly. The resulting battery faults are not covered
under warranty. You are advised not to set End-of-
discharge SOC to 0.

Charge from AC If Charge from AC is disabled by default, comply with the

grid charge requirements stipulated in local laws and
regulations when this function is enabled.

AC charge cutoff Specifies the grid charge cutoff SOC.

SOC (%)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 285
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Table 14-2 Battery working modes

Working Mode Mode Description

No control No other power scheduling control is performed. The

power is automatically controlled by the device.

Maximum self- ● This mode applies to areas where the electricity price is
consumption high, or areas where the feed-in tariff (FIT) subsidy is
low or unavailable.
● PV energy is preferentially supplied to loads, and the
surplus energy is used to charge the batteries. If the
batteries are fully charged or are being charged at full
power, the surplus energy is fed to the grid. When PV
energy is insufficient or no PV energy can be generated
at night, the batteries discharge energy to loads. This
improves the self-consumption rate and energy self-
sufficiency rate, and reduces electricity costs. The grid
cannot charge the batteries.

Fully fed to grid ● This mode applies only to distributed scenarios.

● This mode maximizes the PV energy fed to the grid.
When the generated PV energy in the daytime is
greater than the maximum output capability of the
inverter, the surplus energy is used to charge batteries.
When the generated PV energy is less than the
maximum output capability of the inverter, the
batteries discharge energy to the inverter to maximize
the energy fed from the inverter to the grid. The grid
cannot charge the batteries.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 286
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Working Mode Mode Description

TOU ● This mode applies to the PV+ESS scenario and ESS-only

scenario where peak to valley electricity prices are
different and power meters are available.
● You can manually set the charge and discharge time
segments. For example, if you set the low electricity
price period at night as the charge time, the system
charges the batteries at the maximum power during
the charge time. If you set the high electricity price
period as the discharge time, batteries can discharge
only during the discharge time based on the actual
load power, reducing electricity costs.
● Click Add to set the charge and discharge time
segments. A maximum of 14 time segments can be set.
During the charge time, the grid can charge the
batteries. During the discharge time, the batteries can
supply power to the loads. In other time segments, the
batteries do not discharge. The PV system and grid
supply power to loads, and the PV system can charge
the batteries. (In grid-tied/off-grid mode, if the grid
fails, the batteries can discharge power at any time.)
● In some countries, the grid is not allowed to charge
batteries. In such case, this mode cannot be used.

Dispatching charge ● This mode applies to utility-scale plant scheduling

and discharge scenarios where a third-party controller delivers active
power scheduling commands.
● The purpose of scheduled discharge is to meet the
active power scheduling target value at the grid access
point. PV energy is preferred. If the generated PV
energy is insufficient, the batteries discharge and the
energy is fed to the grid based on the active power
scheduling target value. If the generated PV energy is
sufficient, the energy is fed to the grid based on the
active power scheduling target value, and the surplus
PV energy is used to charge the batteries.
● The purpose of scheduled charge is to meet the active
power scheduling target value at the grid access point.
If the battery charge power is insufficient or the Smart
PCS limits the power, the grid charges the batteries
with the maximum capability. If the batteries are not
fully charged when the scheduling target value is met,
the PV power is used to charge the batteries.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 287
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Working Mode Mode Description

TOU (fixed power) ● This mode applies the PV+ESS scenario and ESS-only
scenario where peak to valley electricity prices are
different and power meters are unavailable.
● You can manually set the charge and discharge time
segments. For example, if you set the low electricity
price period at night as the charge time, the system
charges the batteries at the fixed power during the
charge time. If you set the high electricity price period
as the discharge time, batteries can discharge only
during the discharge time at the fixed power, reducing
electricity costs.
● Click Add to set the charge and discharge time
segments. A maximum of 14 time segments can be set.
During the charge time, the grid can charge the
batteries. During the discharge time, the batteries can
supply power to the loads. In other time segments, the
batteries do not discharge and are not charged.
● In some countries, the grid is not allowed to charge
batteries. In such case, this mode cannot be used.

Fixed charge/ In this mode, the batteries are charged or discharge in the
discharge time segments that are set. A maximum of 10 time
segments can be added.

Time of use In this mode, the batteries discharge when the electricity
electricity price price is high and the batteries are charged when the
electricity price is low. A maximum of 10 time segments
can be added.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 288
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Table 14-3 Running parameters in each battery working mode

Working Parameter Description
Mode

TOU Redundant PV ● Charge preference: When the PV power is

energy priority greater than the load power, the surplus PV
energy is used to charge the batteries. After
the maximum charge power is reached or
the batteries are fully charged, the surplus
PV energy is fed to the grid.
● Fed-to-grid preference: When the PV
power is greater than the load power, the
surplus PV energy is preferentially fed to
the grid. When the maximum output power
of the device is reached, the surplus energy
is used to charge the batteries. This setting
is applicable to the scenario where the FIT
is higher than the electricity price. The grid
cannot charge the batteries.

Allowed AC Specifies the maximum power at which the

charge power grid charges the batteries.

Start Time Specifies the start time and end time of charge
and discharge. A maximum of 14 time
End Time segments can be set. You can set a cycle by
Charge/ week by clicking the buttons corresponding to
Discharge Mon. through Sun. in the Repeat box.

Repeat

TOU (fixed Start Time Specifies the start time, end time, and power
power) of charge and discharge. A maximum of 14
End Time time segments can be set. You can set a cycle
Charge/ by week by clicking the buttons corresponding
Discharge to Mon. through Sun. in the Repeat box.

Fixed Charge/
Discharge
Power

Repeat

Fixed Start Time Specifies the start time, end time, and power
charge/ of fixed charge and discharge. A maximum of
discharge End Time 10 time segments can be set.
Charge/
Discharge
power

Time of use Time-of-use The time-of-use electricity price is disabled by

electricity price enable default. After it is enabled, you can set the
price time-of-use electricity price.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 289
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Working Parameter Description

Mode

Start Time Specifies the start time, end time, and

electricity price. This parameter is displayed
End Time when Time-of-use price enable is set to
Time-of-use Enable. A maximum of 10 time segments can
be set.

Table 14-4 Forced charge/discharge parameters

Parameter Name Description

Charge/Discharge Forced charge/discharge operation, which can be Charge,

Discharge, or Stop.

Forced charge Specifies the forced charge/discharge power.

power/Forced
discharge power

Setting mode To enter the forced charge/discharge mode, set Duration

or Energy.

Target SOC (%) Specifies the target SOC for forced charge/discharge.
When the SOC reaches this value, the forced charge/
discharge stops automatically. This parameter is displayed
when Setting mode is set to Energy.

Forced charge/ Specifies the forced charge/discharge duration.

discharge period
(min)

Remaining charge/ Displays the remaining charge/discharge time. This

discharge time parameter cannot be set.
(min)

Charged energy/ Displays the charged and discharged energy. This

Discharged energy parameter cannot be set.
(kWh)

Capacity Control Parameters (Peak Shaving)

The Peak Shaving function can reduce the maximum peak power obtained from
the grid during peak hours by configuring the power supply power in self-use
mode or TOU mode, thereby reducing power consumption costs.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 290
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Parameter Description Range

Peak Shaving 1. Before enabling Peak ● Disable

Shaving, set Charge from ● Active Power Limit
AC to Enable.
2. Before disabling Charge
from AC, set Peak Shaving
to Disable.

Backup power SOC The value of this parameter [0.0, 100.0]

for peak shaving affects the peak shaving Backup power SOC for
(%) capability. A larger value peak shaving > Backup
indicates stronger peak shaving power SOC (when
capability. BackUp is enabled) >
End-of-discharge SOC

Start Time ● Set the peak power range -

based on the start time and
End Time end time. The peak power is
Peak Power (kW) configured based on [0.000, 1000.000]
electricity prices in different
Repeat time segments. You are -
advised to set the peak
power to a low value when
the electricity price is high.
● A maximum of 14 time
segments can be set.
● You can set a cycle by week
by clicking the buttons
corresponding to Mon.
through Sun. in the Repeat
box.

NOTE

● The peak shaving function is unavailable when the battery working mode is set to Fully
fed to grid.
● If the peak shaving function has been enabled but you need to use Fully fed to grid,
disable the peak shaving function and then set the battery working mode to Fully fed
to grid.

14.2 Commercial Smart Inverters Parameters

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 291
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

14.2.1 Grid parameters

Advanced User
No. Parameter Description

1 Grid Code Set this parameter based on the grid code of the
country or region where the inverter is used and the
inverter application scenario.

2 Isolation settings Set the working mode of the inverter based on the
grounding status at DC side and the connection to
the power grid.

Special User
No. Parameter Description

1 Grid Code Set this parameter based on the grid code of the country or region
where the inverter is used and the inverter application scenario.

2 Isolation settings Set the working mode of the inverter based on the grounding status at
DC side and the connection to the power grid.

3 Output mode Specifies whether the inverter output has a neutral wire based on the
application scenario.

4 PQ mode If this parameter is set to PQ mode 1, the maximum AC output power

equals the maximum apparent power. If this parameter is set to PQ
mode 2, the maximum AC output power equals the rated output
power.

5 Automatically Specifies whether to allow the inverter to automatically start after the
start upon grid power grid recovers.
recovery

6 Grid connected Specifies the time after which the inverter begins restarting after the
recovery time power grid recovers.
from grid faults
(s)

7 Startup voltage According to the standards of certain countries and regions, after the
lower threshold inverter is powered on for the first time for grid connection, if the
of grid power grid voltage is lower than Startup voltage lower threshold of
connection (V) grid connection, the inverter is not allowed to connect to the grid.

8 Startup According to the standards of certain countries and regions, after the
frequency upper inverter is powered on for the first time for grid connection, if the
threshold of grid power grid voltage is higher than Startup frequency upper threshold
connection (Hz) of grid connection, the inverter is not allowed to connect to the grid.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 292
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description

9 Startup According to the standards of certain countries and regions, after the
frequency lower inverter is powered on for the first time for grid connection, if the
threshold of grid power grid voltage is lower than Startup frequency lower threshold
connection (Hz) of grid connection, the inverter is not allowed to connect to the grid.

10 Grid The standards of certain countries and regions require that after the
reconnection inverter shuts down for protection due to a fault, if the power grid
voltage upper voltage is higher than Grid reconnection voltage upper limit, the
limit (V) inverter is not allowed to reconnect to the grid.

11 Grid The standards of certain countries and regions require that after the
reconnection inverter shuts down for protection due to a fault, if the power grid
voltage lower voltage is lower than Grid reconnection voltage lower limit, the
limit (V) inverter is not allowed to reconnect to the grid.

12 Grid The standards of certain countries and regions require that after the
reconnection inverter shuts down for protection due to a fault, if the power grid
frequency upper frequency is higher than Grid reconnection frequency upper limit,
limit (Hz) the inverter is not allowed to reconnect to the grid.

13 Grid The standards of certain countries and regions require that after the
reconnection inverter shuts down for protection due to a fault, if the power grid
frequency lower frequency is lower than Grid reconnection frequency lower limit, the
limit (Hz) inverter is not allowed to reconnect to the grid.

14 Reactive power Specifies the voltage threshold for triggering reactive power
compensation compensation based on the cosφ-P curve.
(cosφ-P) trigger
voltage (%)

15 Reactive power Specifies the voltage threshold for exiting reactive power compensation
compensation based on the cosφ-P curve.
(cosφ-P) exit
voltage (%)

14.2.2 Protection Parameters

Advanced User
No. Parameter Description

1 Insulation resistance protection To ensure device safety, the inverter detects the
threshold (MΩ) insulation resistance of the input side with respect to
ground when it starts a self-check. If the detected
value is less than the preset value, the inverter does
not connect to the grid.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 293
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Special User
No. Parameter Description

1 Voltage unbalance protection Specifies the inverter protection threshold when the
threshold (%) power grid voltage is unbalanced.

2 Phase protection point (º) The Japanese standard requires that during passive
islanding detection, protection should be triggered if
an abrupt voltage phase change is detected.

3 Phase angle offset protection The standards of certain countries and regions require
that the inverter needs to be protected when the
phase angle offset of the power grid three phases
exceeds a certain value.

4 10-min overvoltage protection Specifies the 10-minute overvoltage protection

threshold (V) threshold.

5 10-min overvoltage protection Specifies the 10-minute overvoltage protection

duration (ms) duration.

6 Level-1 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-1 overvoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

7 Level-1 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-1 overvoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

8 Level-2 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-2 overvoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

9 Level-2 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-2 overvoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

10 Level-3 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-3 overvoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

11 Level-3 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-3 overvoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

12 Level-4 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-4 overvoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

13 Level-4 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-4 overvoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

14 Level-5 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-5 overvoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

15 Level-5 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-5 overvoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

16 Level-6 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-6 overvoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

17 Level-6 overvoltage protection Specifies the level-6 overvoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 294
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description

18 Level-1 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-1 undervoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

19 Level-1 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-1 undervoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

20 Level-2 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-2 undervoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

21 Level-2 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-2 undervoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

22 Level-3 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-3 undervoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

23 Level-3 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-3 undervoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

24 Level-4 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-4 undervoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

24 Level-4 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-4 undervoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

26 Level-5 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-5 undervoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

27 Level-5 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-5 undervoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

28 Level-6 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-6 undervoltage protection threshold.

threshold (V)

29 Level-6 undervoltage protection Specifies the level-6 undervoltage protection duration.

duration (ms)

30 Level-1 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-1 overfrequency protection

threshold (Hz) threshold.

31 Level-1 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-1 overfrequency protection duration.

duration (ms)

32 Level-2 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-2 overfrequency protection

threshold (Hz) threshold.

33 Level-2 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-2 overfrequency protection duration.

duration (ms)

34 Level-3 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-3 overfrequency protection

threshold (Hz) threshold.

35 Level-3 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-3 overfrequency protection duration.

duration (ms)

36 Level-4 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-4 overfrequency protection

threshold (Hz) threshold.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 295
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description

37 Level-4 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-4 overfrequency protection duration.

duration (ms)

38 Level-5 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-5 overfrequency protection

threshold (Hz) threshold.

39 Level-5 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-5 overfrequency protection duration.

duration (ms)

40 Level-6 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-6 overfrequency protection

threshold (Hz) threshold.

41 Level-6 overfrequency protection Specifies the level-6 overfrequency protection duration.

duration (ms)

42 Level-1 underfrequency Specifies the level-1 underfrequency protection

protection threshold (Hz) threshold.

43 Level-1 underfrequency Specifies the level-1 underfrequency protection

protection duration (ms) duration.

44 Level-2 underfrequency Specifies the level-2 underfrequency protection

protection threshold (Hz) threshold.

45 Level-2 underfrequency Specifies the level-2 underfrequency protection

protection duration (ms) duration.

46 Level-3 underfrequency Specifies the level-3 underfrequency protection

protection threshold (Hz) threshold.

47 Level-3 underfrequency Specifies the level-3 underfrequency protection

protection duration (ms) duration.

48 Level-4 underfrequency Specifies the level-4 underfrequency protection

protection threshold (Hz) threshold.

49 Level-4 underfrequency Specifies the level-4 underfrequency protection

protection duration (ms) duration.

50 Level-5 underfrequency Specifies the level-5 underfrequency protection

protection threshold (Hz) threshold.

51 Level-5 underfrequency Specifies the level-5 underfrequency protection

protection duration (ms) duration.

52 Level-6 underfrequency Specifies the level-6 underfrequency protection

protection threshold (Hz) threshold.

53 Level-6 underfrequency Specifies the level-6 underfrequency protection

protection duration (ms) duration.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 296
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

14.2.3 Feature parameters

Advanced User
No. Parameter Description Remarks

1 MPPT multi- When the inverter is used in scenarios -

peak scanning where PV strings are greatly shaded,
set this parameter to Enable, and then
the inverter will perform MPPT
scanning at regular intervals to locate
the maximum power.

2 MPPT multi- Specifies the MPPT scanning interval. This parameter is displayed
peak scan when MPPT multi-peak
interval (min) scanning is set to Enable.

3 RCD RCD refers to the residual current of -

enhancement the inverter to the ground. To ensure
device and personal safety, RCD should
be limited to the specified value in the
standard. If an AC switch with a
residual current detection function is
installed outside the inverter, this
function should be enabled to reduce
the residual current generated when
the inverter is running, thereby
preventing the AC switch from
misoperations.

4 Night-time In some specific application scenarios, a This parameter is displayed

reactive power power grid company requires that the when Isolation settings is set
output inverter can perform reactive power to Input ungrounded, with
compensation at night to ensure that TF.
the power factor of the local power
grid meets requirements.

5 PID protection When the inverter outputs reactive -

at night power at night and this parameter is
set to Enable, the inverter will shut
down automatically if it detects
abnormal status of the PID
compensation.

6 Strong If the power grid short-circuit capacity -

adaptability or PV plant installed capacity is less
than 3, the power grid quality will be
affected if the power grid impedance is
too high, which may cause the inverter
to malfunction. In this case, if the
inverter is required to work properly,
set this parameter to Enable.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 297
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

7 Power quality If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

optimization inverter output current harmonics will
mode be optimized.

8 PV module type This parameter is used to set different ● If this parameter is set to
types of PV modules and the shutdown Crystalline silicon or Film,
time of the concentration PV module. If the inverter automatically
the concentration PV modules are detects the power of PV
shaded, the power drops drastically to modules when they are
0 and the inverter shuts down. The shaded and shuts down if
energy yield would be affected since it the power is too low.
takes too long for the power to resume ● When concentration PV
and inverter to restart. The parameter modules are used:
does not need to be set for crystalline
silicon and filmy PV modules. – If this parameter is set
to CPV 1, the inverter
can quickly restart in 60
minutes if the input
power of PV modules
drops drastically due to
shading.
– If this parameter is set
to CPV 2, the inverter
can quickly restart in 10
minutes if the input
power of PV modules
drops drastically due to
shading.

9 Built-in PID When the external PID module This parameter is displayed
compensation compensates the PID voltage for the when PV module type is set
direction PV system, set Built-in PID to Crystalline silicon. Select
compensation direction to the actual PV–positive offset for P-type
compensation direction of the PID PV modules. Select PV+
module so that the inverter can output negative offset for N-type PV
reactive power at night. modules.

10 PID running Specifies the operation mode of the -

mode inverter built-in PID.

11 PID nighttime Specifies whether to enable the PID If PID running mode is not
off-grid repair nighttime off-grid repair. set to Disable, the parameter
can be set.
12 PID daytime Specifies whether to enable the PID
off-grid repair daytime off-grid repair.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 298
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

13 String Specifies the connection mode of PV ● When PV strings connect

connection strings. to the inverter separately
mode (All PV strings separated),
there is no need to set this
parameter. The inverter
can automatically detect
the connection mode of
the PV strings.
● When PV strings connect
to one another in parallel
outside the inverter and
then connect to it
independently (All PV
strings connected), set this
parameter to All PV
strings connected.

14 Automatic OFF The standards of certain countries and If Automatic OFF due to
due to regions require that the inverter must communication interrupted
communication shut down after the communication is is set to Enable and the
interrupted interrupted for a certain time. inverter communication is
interrupted for a specified
time (set by Communication
interruption duration), the
inverter will automatically
shut down.

15 Communication Specifies the duration for determining -

interruption communication interruption. Used for
duration (min) automatic shutdown for protection in
case of communication interruption.

16 Automatic ON If this parameter is set to Enable, the This parameter is displayed

due to inverter automatically starts after when Automatic OFF due to
communication communication recovers. If this communication interrupted
resumed parameter is set to Disable, the is set to Enable.
inverter needs to be started manually
after communication recovers.

17 Soft start/boot Specifies the duration for the power to -

time (s) gradually increase when the inverter
starts.

18 Shutdown Specifies the power change speed -

gradient (%/s) when the inverter shuts down.

19 AFCI The North American standard requires -

that the inverter should have DC arc
detection function.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 299
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

20 AFCI detection Adjusts the sensitivity of arc detection. This parameter is displayed
adaptive mode only when AFCI is set to
Enable.

21 AFCI self-test Send the AFCI self-check command -

manually.

22 Current error To prevent inaccurate scanning caused -

during the scan by sunlight change, the current change
(A) of PV strings operating properly should
be monitored when the I-V curves of
PV strings are being scanned. When the
current exceeds the specified value, it is
determined that the sunlight changes.
The I-V curves should be scanned
again.

23 OVGR If this parameter is set to Enable, the This parameter is displayed if

associated inverter shuts down after receiving the the Japanese grid code is
shutdown OVGR signal. If this parameter is set to selected.
Disable, the inverter does not shut
down after receiving the OVGR signal.

24 Dry contact Identifies the dry contact signals from Set this parameter to OVGR
function the SmartLogger. for OVGR signals, and set it to
NC for other signals. This
parameter is displayed if the
Japanese grid code is selected.

25 Commanded The standards of certain countries and -

shutdown hold regions require that if the inverter is
after power shut down after receiving a command
recovery and powered on again after power
recovers, it should still be in
commanded shutdown state.

26 Night-time The inverter monitors PV strings at -

hibernation night. If this parameter is set to
Enable, the monitoring function of the
inverter will hibernate at night to
reduce power consumption.

27 MBUS For inverters that support RS485 -

communication communication and MBUS
communication, you are advised to set
this parameter to Disable to reduce
power consumption.

28 RS485-2 If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

communication RS485-2 port can be used. If the port is
not used, you are advised to set this
parameter to Disable to reduce power
consumption.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 300
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

29 Delay upgrade This parameter is mainly used in the After the inverter starts to
upgrade scenarios where the PV power upgrade, if Delay upgrade is
supply is disconnected at night due to set to Enable, the upgrade
no sunlight or unstable at dawn or package is loaded first. After
dusk due to poor sunlight. the PV power supply recovers
and the activation conditions
are met, the inverter
automatically activates the
upgrade.

30 String monitor The inverter monitors PV strings in real If PV strings are often shaded,
time. If any PV string is abnormal (such you are advised to set String
as the PV string is shaded or the monitor to Disable to
electric energy yield decreases), the prevent false alarms.
inverter generates an alarm to remind
maintenance personnel to maintain the
PV string in a timely manner.

31 String detection Specifies the delay time for generating This parameter is displayed
low power abnormal string alarms when the when String monitor is set to
delay (min) inverter detects that a PV string is Enable.
working with low power. This
parameter is mainly used in the
scenario where PV strings are shaded
for a long time in the morning and
evening, and is used to prevent false
alarms.

32 String detection Specifies the delay time for generating

high power abnormal string alarms when the
delay (min) inverter detects that a PV string is
working with high power.

33 String detection Specifies the thresholds for determining

power segment whether a PV string is working with
division high power or low power. This
percentage (%) parameter is used to distinguish the
working status of PV strings.

34 String detection Specifies the threshold for determining

reference PV string exception. The false alarms
asymmetric caused by fixed shadow shading can be
coefficient controlled by changing this parameter.

35 String detection Specifies the threshold for starting PV

starting power string exception detection. The false
percentage (%) alarms caused by fixed shadow shading
can be controlled by changing this
parameter.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 301
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

36 OFF at 0% If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

power limit inverter shuts down after receiving the
0% power limit command. If this
parameter is set to Disable, the
inverter does not shut down after
receiving the 0% power limit
command.

37 Maximum Specifies the output upper threshold If the maximum active power
apparent power for the maximum apparent power to equals the value of
(kVA) adapt to the capacity requirements of Smax_limit, this parameter is
standard and customized inverters. not displayed.

38 Maximum Specifies the output upper threshold For 1000 V inverters, this
active power for the maximum active power to parameter is configurable
(kW) adapt to different market only for the SUN2000-25KTL-
requirements. US, and the maximum value
is 27.5 kW.

39 Tracker Selects a controller vendor. -

controller

40 Adjust total Specifies the initial energy yield of the -

energy yield inverter. This parameter is used in
(kWh) inverter replacement scenarios. Set the
initial energy yield of the new inverter
to the total energy yield of the old
inverter to ensure continuous statistics
of cumulative energy yield.

41 Duration for The standards of certain countries and -

determining regions require that the inverter should
short-time grid not disconnect from the power grid if
disconnection the power grid experiences a short-
(ms) time failure. After the fault is rectified,
the inverter output power needs to be
quickly restored.

42 Buzzer If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

buzzer sounds when the DC input cable
is incorrectly connected. If this
parameter is set to Disable, the buzzer
does not sound when the DC input
cable is incorrectly connected.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 302
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Special User
No. Parameter Description Remarks

1 Automatic OFF The standards of certain countries If Automatic OFF due to

due to and regions require that the inverter communication interrupted is
communicatio must shut down after the set to Enable and the inverter
n interrupted communication is interrupted for a communication is interrupted for
certain time. a specified time (set by
Communication interruption
duration), the inverter will
automatically shut down.

2 Communicatio Specifies the duration for -

n interruption determining communication
duration (min) interruption. Used for automatic
shutdown for protection in case of
communication interruption.

3 Automatic ON If this parameter is set to Enable, the This parameter is displayed when
due to inverter automatically starts after Automatic OFF due to
communicatio communication recovers. If this communication interrupted is
n resumed parameter is set to Disable, the set to Enable.
inverter needs to be started manually
after communication recovers.

4 Soft start/boot Specifies the duration for the power -

time (s) to gradually increase when the
inverter starts.

5 LVRT LVRT is short for low voltage ride- -

through. When the grid voltage is
abnormally low for a short time, the
inverter cannot disconnect from the
power grid immediately and has to
work for some time.

6 Threshold for Specifies the threshold for triggering This parameter is displayed when
triggering LVRT. The threshold settings should LVRT is set to Enable.
LVRT (V) meet the local grid standard.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 303
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

7 LVRT During LVRT, the solar inverter needs

compensation to generate positive-sequence
power factor reactive power to support the power
of reactive grid. This parameter is used to set
power in the positive-sequence reactive power
positive generated by the solar inverter.
sequence For example, if you set LVRT
compensation power factor of
reactive power in positive sequence
to 2, the positive-sequence reactive
current generated by the solar
inverter is 20% of the rated current
when the AC voltage decreases by
10% during LVRT.

8 LVRT During LVRT, the solar inverter needs

compensation to generate negative-sequence
power factor reactive power to support the power
of reactive grid. This parameter is used to set
power in the negative-sequence reactive
negative power generated by the solar
sequence inverter.
For example, if you set LVRT
compensation power factor of
reactive power in negative
sequence to 2, the negative-
sequence reactive current generated
by the solar inverter is 20% of the
rated current when the AC voltage
decreases by 10% during LVRT.

9 Percentage of During LVRT, the solar inverter needs

LVRT reactive to limit the reactive current.
current For example, if you set Percentage
limiting of LVRT reactive current limiting to
50, the reactive current upper limit of
the solar inverter is 50% of the rated
current during LVRT.

10 Threshold of When Zero current due to power

LVRT zero- grid fault is enabled, if the power
current mode grid voltage is less than the value of
Threshold of LVRT zero-current
mode during LVRT, the zero current
mode is used. Otherwise, the mode
configured in LVRT mode is used.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 304
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

11 LVRT mode Sets LVRT mode. The options are

Zero-current mode, Constant
current mode, Reactive power
priority mode, and Active power
priority mode.

12 LVRT reactive During LVRT, the inverter needs to ● This parameter is displayed
power generate reactive power to support when LVRT is set to Enable.
compensation the power grid. This parameter is ● For example, if this parameter
factor used to set the reactive power is set to 2, the reactive power
generated by the inverter. generated by the inverter is
20% of the rated power when
the AC voltage drops by 10%
during LVRT.

13 LVRT Specifies the low voltage ride- -

characteristic through capability of the inverter.
curve

14 HVRT HVRT is short for high voltage ride- -

through. When the grid voltage is
abnormally high for a short time, the
inverter cannot disconnect from the
power grid immediately and has to
work for some time.

15 Threshold for Specifies the threshold for triggering This parameter is displayed when
triggering HVRT. The threshold settings should HVRT is set to Enable.
HVRT (V) meet the local grid standard.

16 HVRT During HVRT, the solar inverter needs

compensation to generate positive-sequence
power factor reactive power to support the power
of reactive grid. This parameter is used to set
power in the positive-sequence reactive power
positive generated by the solar inverter.
sequence For example, if you set HVRT
compensation power factor of
reactive power in positive sequence
to 2, the positive-sequence reactive
current generated by the solar
inverter is 20% of the rated current
when the AC voltage increases by
10% during HVRT.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 305
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

17 HVRT During HVRT, the solar inverter needs

compensation to generate negative-sequence
power factor reactive power to support the power
of reactive grid. This parameter is used to set
power in the negative-sequence reactive
negative power generated by the solar
sequence inverter.
For example, if you set HVRT
compensation power factor of
reactive power in negative
sequence to 2, the negative-
sequence reactive current generated
by the solar inverter is 20% of the
rated current when the AC voltage
increases by 10% during HVRT.

18 HVRT During HVRT, the inverter needs to

compensation generate reactive power to support
power factor the power grid. This parameter is
of reactive used to set the reactive power
power in generated by the inverter.
positive
sequence

19 VRT exit Specifies the LVRT/HVRT recovery ● This parameter is displayed

hysteresis threshold. when LVRT or HVRT is set to
threshold Enable.
● LVRT recovery threshold =
Threshold for triggering LVRT
+ VRT exit hysteresis threshold
● HVRT recovery threshold =
Threshold for triggering HVRT
+ VRT exit hysteresis threshold

20 LVRT Specifies whether to shield the This parameter is displayed when

undervoltage undervoltage protection function LVRT is set to Enable.
protection during LVRT.
shield

21 Grid voltage Specifies whether to shield the This parameter is displayed when
protection undervoltage protection function LVRT or HVRT is set to Enable.
shield during during LVRT or HVRT.
VRT

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 306
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

22 Grid voltage Specifies the LVRT or HVRT threshold This parameter is available when
jump for triggering a transient voltage Grid code is set to VDE 4120.
triggering jump of a power grid. A transient
threshold (%) voltage jump indicates that the
inverter cannot immediately
disconnect from the power grid when
the power grid is abnormal due to
transient changes.

23 Zero current Certain countries and regions have This parameter is displayed when
due to power requirements on the output current LVRT or HVRT is set to Enable.
grid fault during high/low voltage ride-
through. In this case, set this
parameter to Enable. After this
parameter is set to Enable, the
output current is less than 10% of
the rated current during high/low
voltage ride-through.

24 Active Specifies whether to enable the -

islanding active islanding protection function.
protection

25 Passive Specifies whether to enable the This parameter is displayed if the

islanding passive islanding protection function. Japanese grid code is selected.
protection

26 Voltage rise The standards of certain countries -

suppression and regions require that when the
output voltage exceeds a certain
value, the inverter must suppress
voltage rise by outputting reactive
power and reducing active power.

27 Voltage rise The standards of certain countries ● This parameter is displayed

suppressing and regions require that the inverter when Voltage rise
reactive power generate a certain amount of suppression is set to Enable.
adjustment reactive power when the output ● The value of Voltage rise
point (%) voltage exceeds a certain value. suppressing active power
28 Voltage rise The standards of certain countries derating point must be
suppressing and regions require that the active greater than that of Voltage
active power power of the inverter be derated rise suppressing reactive
derating point according to a certain slope when the power adjustment point.
(%) output voltage exceeds a certain
value.

29 Voltage rise The standards of certain countries This parameter is displayed when
suppression P- and regions require that the P-U Voltage rise suppression is set
U curve curve be set. to Enable.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 307
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

30 Voltage rise The standards of certain countries

suppression Q- and regions require that the Q-U
U curve curve be set.

31 Frequency Set this parameter to Enable to -

change rate protect the inverter when the grid
protection frequency changes too fast.

32 Frequency Specifies the frequency change rate This parameter is displayed if

change rate protection threshold. Frequency change rate
protection protection is set to Enable.
threshold
(Hz/s)

33 Frequency The inverter is protected when the

change rate grid frequency change duration
protection exceeds the value.
duration (s)

34 Soft start time Specifies the time for the power to -

after grid gradually increase when the inverter
failure (s) restarts after the power grid recovers.

35 TCP heartbeat Specifies the TCP link timeout period -

interval (s) for the solar inverter to connect to
the management system.

36 TCP frame Specifies the maximum length of the -

length TCP frame sent by the northbound
device to the solar inverter.

37 Heartbeat Specifies the timeout period for the -

period at solar inverter to connect to the
application management system.
layer (min)

14.2.4 Power adjustment parameters

Special User
No. Parameter Description Remarks

1 Remote power If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

schedule inverter responds to the scheduling
instruction from the remote port. If this
parameter is set to Disable, the
inverter does not respond to the
scheduling instruction from the remote
port.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 308
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

2 Schedule Specifies the time for maintaining the When this parameter is set
instruction valid scheduling instruction. to 0, the scheduling
duration (s) instruction takes effect
permanently.

3 Maximum Specifies the output upper threshold If the maximum active

apparent power for the maximum apparent power to power equals the value of
(kVA) adapt to the capacity requirements of Smax_limit, this parameter
standard and customized inverters. is not displayed.

4 Maximum active Specifies the output upper threshold -

power (kW) for the maximum active power to
adapt to different market
requirements.

5 OFF at 0% power If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

limit inverter shuts down after receiving the
0% power limit command. If this
parameter is set to Disable, the
inverter does not shut down after
receiving the 0% power limit
command.

6 Active power Specifies the change speed of the -

change gradient inverter active power.
(%/s)

7 Derated by fixed Adjusts the active power output of the This parameter is displayed
active power (kW) inverter by fixed value. if Remote power schedule
is set to Enable.
For 1000 V inverters, the
maximum value of this
parameter for the
SUN2000-25KTL-US is 27.5
kW.

8 Derated by active Adjusts the active power output of the This parameter is displayed
power % (%) inverter by percentage. if Remote power schedule
is set to Enable.
If this parameter is set to
100, the inverter outputs
based on the maximum
output power.

9 Reactive power Specifies the change speed of the -

change gradient inverter reactive power.
(%/s)

10 Plant active power Specifies the rate of active power rise -

gradient (min/ due to sunlight changes.
100%)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 309
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

11 Average active Specifies the period of active power -

power filtering rise due to sunlight changes. This
time (ms) parameter is used with Plant active
power gradient.

12 PF (U) voltage Specifies the time for filtering the grid -

detection filtering voltage in the PF-U curve.
time (s)

13 Reactive power Specifies the adjustment time for the -

adjustment time reactive power to reach the target
(s) value during reactive power
adjustment.

14 Power factor Specifies the power factor of the This parameter is displayed
inverter. if Remote power schedule
is set to Enable.
15 Reactive power Specifies the reactive power output by
compensation the inverter.
(Q/S)

16 Night-time During the reactive power -

reactive power compensation at night, the reactive
compensation power is scheduled by percentage.
(Q/S)

17 Night-time In some specific application scenarios, This parameter is displayed

reactive power a power grid company requires that when Isolation settings is
output the inverter can perform reactive set to Input ungrounded,
power compensation at night to ensure with TF.
that the power factor of the local
power grid meets requirements.

18 Enable reactive When this parameter is set to Enable, This parameter is displayed
power parameters the inverter outputs reactive power when Night-time reactive
at night based on the setting of Reactive power output is set to
power compensation at night. Enable.
Otherwise, the inverter executes the
remote scheduling command.

19 Fixed nighttime During the reactive power This parameter is displayed

reactive power compensation at night, the reactive when Night-time reactive
power is scheduled by fixed value. power output and Enable
reactive power
parameters at night are
set to Enable.

20 Overfrequency If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

derating active power of the inverter will be
derated according to a certain slope
when the grid frequency exceeds the
frequency that triggers overfrequency
derating.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 310
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

21 Frequency for The standards of certain countries and ● This parameter is

triggering regions require that the output active displayed when
overfrequency power of inverters be derated when the Overfrequency
derating (Hz) power grid frequency exceeds a certain derating is set to
value. Enable.
● When setting this
22 Frequency for Specifies the frequency threshold for
parameter, ensure that
exiting exiting overfrequency derating.
the following condition
overfrequency
is met: Frequency for
derating (Hz)
exiting overfrequency
23 Cutoff frequency Specifies the frequency threshold for derating ≤ Frequency
of overfrequency cutting off overfrequency derating. for triggering
derating (Hz) overfrequency derating
< Cutoff frequency of
24 Cutoff power of Specifies the power threshold for overfrequency
overfrequency cutting off overfrequency derating. derating.
derating (%)

25 Frequency Specifies the frequency detection filter

detection filtering time.
time (ms)

26 Overfrequency Specifies the decrease rate of the

derating power overfrequency derating power.
drop gradient
(%/s)

27 Power recovery Specifies the recovery rate of the

gradient of overfrequency derating power.
overfrequency
derating (%/min)

28 Voltage derating If this parameter is set to Enable, the -

active power of the inverter will be
derated according to a certain slope
when the grid voltage exceeds the
voltage that triggers overfrequency
derating.

29 Voltage derating Specifies the start point for voltage ● This parameter is
start point (V) derating. displayed when Voltage
derating is set to
30 Cut-off point of Specifies the stop point for voltage Enable.
voltage derating derating.
● When setting this
(V)
parameter, ensure that
31 Voltage derating Specifies the power threshold for the following condition
cut-off power (V) cutting off voltage derating. is met: Voltage
derating start point <
Voltage derating stop
point.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 311
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

32 Communication In the inverter export limitation N/A

disconnection fail- scenario, if this parameter is set to
safe Enable, the inverter will perform active
power derating by percentage when
the communication between the
inverter and the SmartLogger or Smart
Dongle is disconnected for more than
the time specified by Communication
disconnection detection time.

33 Communication Specifies the fail-safe detection time This parameter is displayed

disconnection for the disconnection between the when Communication
detection time (s) inverter and the SmartLogger or Smart disconnection fail-safe is
Dongle. set to Enable.

34 Active power Specifies the derating value of the

output limit for inverter active power by percentage.
fail-safe (%)

35 Apparent power Adjusts the apparent output baseline -

baseline (kVA) of the inverter.

36 Active power Adjusts the active output baseline of -

baseline (kW) the inverter.

37 Frequency The standards of certain countries and -

modulation regions require that if the power grid
control frequency fluctuates around a certain
value, the inverter needs to fine-tune
the active power output based on
Frequency modulation control droop
to help stabilize the power grid
frequency. In this case, set this
parameter to Enable

38 Adjustment ratio Specifies the droop of the active power This parameter is displayed
of frequency output. when Frequency
modulation modulation control is set
control to Enable.

39 Underfrequency The standards of certain countries and -

rise power regions require that if the power grid
frequency is lower than Frequency for
triggering of underfrequency rise
power, the inverter needs to increase
the active power output to help
increase the power grid frequency. In
this case, set this parameter to Enable.

40 Frequency for Specifies the frequency threshold of This parameter is displayed

triggering of Underfrequency rise power. when Underfrequency rise
underfrequency power is set to Enable.
rise power (Hz)

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 312
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

No. Parameter Description Remarks

41 Power recovery Specifies the recovery rate of

gradient of Underfrequency rise power.
underfrequency
rise (%/min)

42 Cutoff frequency Specifies the cutoff frequency of

of underfrequency Underfrequency rise power.
rise power (Hz)

43 Cutoff power of Specifies the cutoff power of

underfrequency Underfrequency rise power.
rise power (%)

44 Frequency for Specifies the exit frequency of

exiting of Underfrequency rise power.
underfrequency
rise power (Hz)

45 Q-U characteristic Specifies the reactive power -

curve mode compensation mode of the inverter
output.

46 Power percentage Specifies the reference apparent power, -

for triggering Q-U in percentage. When the actual
scheduling apparent power of the inverter is
greater than the value of this
parameter, the Q-U characteristic curve
scheduling function is enabled.

47 Q-U characteristic The inverter adjusts Q/S (the ratio of -

curve the output reactive power to apparent
power) in real time based on U/Un(%)
(the ratio of the actual power grid
voltage to the rated power grid
voltage).

48 Q-P characteristic The inverter adjusts Q/Pn (the ratio of -

curve the output reactive power to the rated
active power) in real time based on P/
Pn(%) (the ratio of the actual active
power to the rated active power).

49 Cosφ-P/Pn The inverter adjusts the output power -

characteristic factor cosφ in real time based on P/
curve Pn(%).

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 313
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

14.2.5 Grid-tied control parameters

Special User

Table 14-5 Grid-tied control parameters

Parameter Description

Active power control mode Specifies the active power output

mode at the grid-tied point.

Closed-loop controller Specifies the grid-tied power controller.

Before setting the parameter, confirm
the controller type. Incorrect setting
will result in abnormal power output
of the solar inverter. Solar inverter
applies only to the scenario where a
single solar inverter is used or where a
single solar inverter is used with an
SDongle.

Limitation mode Specifies the active power limitation

mode as required by the power grid.

PV plant capacity (kW) Specifies the PV array capacity.

Maximum grid feed-in power (kW) In Grid connection with limited

power (kW) mode, set the maximum
power fed to the power grid from the
PV array.

Maximum grid feed-in power (%) In Grid connection with limited

power (%) mode, set the proportion
of the maximum power fed to the
power grid from the PV array to the
capacity of the PV plant.

Power adjustment period (s) Specifies the interval for sending

adjustment commands.

Maximum protection time (s) Specifies the protection duration to

determine whether the communication
between the external controller and
the Smart Power Sensor is interrupted.

Power control hysteresis (kW) Specifies the dead zone for adjusting
the inverter output power. If the power
fluctuation is within the power control
hysteresis, the power is not adjusted.

Fail-safe power threshold (%) When the communication between the

SDongle/SmartLogger, power meter,
and solar inverter is interrupted, the
solar inverter generates power based
on this threshold.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 314
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Parameter Description

Reactive power control mode Specifies the reactive power output

mode at the grid-tied point.

Power factor Specifies the target power factor of

the power meter.

Adjustment period (s) Specifies the interval for sending

adjustment commands.

Adjustment deadband Specifies the adjustment power factor

precision.

Fail-safe power factor When the communication between the

SDongle/SmartLogger, power meter,
and solar inverter is interrupted, the
solar inverter generates power based
on this threshold.

Communication disconnection fail-safe When this parameter is set to Enable,

and the communication between the
solar inverter and the SDongle/
SmartLogger is interrupted for a
certain period (set by Communication
disconnection detection time), the
solar inverter generates power based
on Fail-safe power.

Communication disconnection Specifies the protection duration to

detection time (s) determine whether the communication
between the SDongle/SmartLogger
and the solar inverter is interrupted.

14.3 Domain Name List of Management Systems

NOTE

The list is subject to change.

Table 14-6 Domain names of management systems

Domain Name Data Type Scenario

intl.fusionsolar.huawei.co Public network address Global domain name of

m FusionSolar
NOTE
Compatible with the
former FusionSolar hosting
cloud domain name
cn.fusionsolar.huawei.com
for the Chinese mainland.

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 315
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

Domain Name Data Type Scenario

au7.fusionsolar.huawei.c Public network address Australia single-node

om server domain name

eu5.fusionsolar.huawei.co Public network address FusionSolar domain

m name of Europe

intlobt.fusionsolar.huawe Public network address FusionSolar domain

i.com name of Europe

jp5.fusionsolar.huawei.co Public network address FusionSolar domain

m name of Japan

la5.fusionsolar.huawei.co Public network address FusionSolar domain

m name of South America

kr5.fusionsolar.huawei.co Public network address FusionSolar domain

m name of South Korea

sg5.fusionsolar.huawei.co Public network address FusionSolar domain

m name of Asia-Pacific and
Australia

region01eu5.fusionsolar. Public network address Cluster Server 1 of

huawei.com Europe

region02eu5.fusionsolar. Public network address Cluster Server 2 of

huawei.com Europe

region03eu5.fusionsolar. Public network address Cluster Server 3 of

huawei.com Europe

region04eu5.fusionsolar. Public network address Cluster Server 4 of

huawei.com Europe

neteco.alsoenergy.com Public network address Partner's management

system

re-ene.kyuden.co.jp Public network address Remote output control

server of Kyushu Electric
Power Company

re-ene.yonden.co.jp Public network address Remote output control

server of Shikoku Electric
Power Company

au1.fusionsolar.huawei.c Public network address FusionSolar domain

om name of Australia

br1.fusionsolar.huawei.co Public network address FusionSolar domain

m name of Brazil

huawei.devicedataacqui- Public network address Third-party network

sition.com management system
Locus dedicated for the
United States

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 316
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

14.4 Public URLs

Table 14-7 Public URLs of the SUN2000 app

URL Description

https://solar.huawei.com/~/media/ The mobile phone automatically

Solar/Device/invert.xml detects software updates when
connected to the Internet. If the
device upgrade package or grid code
is updated, a message is displayed to
prompt users to download the
upgrade package or grid code. After
the distributed inverter is connected,
the system prompts you to install the
upgrade package.

https://solar.huawei.com/~/media/ Download the device upgrade

Solar/Device/DeviceUpgrade.zip package.

https://solar.huawei.com/~/media/ Download the grid code update

Solar/Device/InverterGridCode.zip package.

https://support.huawei.com/ View the app quick guide.

enterprise/en/doc/EDOC1100054980

https://solar.huawei.com/na/appversion The mobile phone automatically

obtaining app version information
when connected to the Internet.

Table 14-8 Public URLs of the FusionSolar app

URL Description

https://support.huawei.com/ View the app guide.

enterprise/

*.apple.com Official website of Apple. The iOS version

of the FusionSolar app needs to connect to
this website for upgrade.

*.pinnettech.com Official website of Pinnet Technologies.

The FusionSolar app needs to connect to
this website for upgrade.

https://solar.huawei.com FusionSolar official website

[email protected] FusionSolar service email

baidumap://map/marker Baidu Maps

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 317
FusionSolar App, SUN2000 App
Device Commissioning Guide 14 Related Information

URL Description

androidamap://viewMap Amap

http://maps.google.com Google Maps

qqmap://map/marker Tencent Maps

Issue 01 (2023-05-29) Copyright © Huawei Digital Power Technologies Co., Ltd. 318